STAGE STORES INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-28
DEPARTMENT STORES
Previous: ANCHOR NATIONAL LIFE INSURANCE CO, 424B3, 1996-06-28
Next: APPLIED MATERIALS INC /DE, 11-K, 1996-06-28




   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 1996
    

                                                     Registration No. 333-5855
==============================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                                -------------

   
                              AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    Under
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 -------------
    

                              STAGE STORES, INC.
            (Exact Name Of Registrant As Specified In Its Charter)

           Delaware                 76-0407711                 5311
(State or other jurisdiction of  (I.R.S. Employer  (Primary Standard Industrial
incorporation or organization)  Identification No.) Classification Code Number)

       10201 Main Street, Houston, Texas 77025 Telephone: 713-667-5601
             (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
      including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                                -------------

                               MR. CARL TOOKER

                              STAGE STORES, INC.
                              10201 Main Street
                             Houston, Texas 77025
                           Telephone: 713-667-5601
          (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                  including area code, of agent for service)
                                -------------
                                  Copies to:

   LANCE C. BALK, ESQ.                              MARK A. STEGEMOELLER, ESQ.
     Kirkland & Ellis                                    Latham & Watkins
Citicorp Center, 39th Floor                          Sears Tower, Suite 5800
   153 East 53rd Street                               233 South Wacker Drive
 New York, New York 10022                            Chicago, Illinois 60606
  Telephone: 212-446-4800                            Telephone: 312-876-7700
                                -------------

   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon
as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities
Act of 1933, check the following box. [ ]

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [x]

                                -------------

   The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

==============================================================================

<PAGE>

STAGE STORES, INC.

       Cross Reference Sheet Pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K
 Showing Location in Prospectus of Information Required by Items of Part I of
                                  Form S-1.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Registration Statement
                        Item Number and Caption                           Caption or Location in Prospectus
                        ------------------------                          ---------------------------------

<S>        <C>                                                    <C>
1.         Forepart of the Registration Statement and
           Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus  ............   Outside Front Cover Page

2.         Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
           Prospectus   .......................................   Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page

3.         Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
           Earnings to Fixed Charges   ........................   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

4.         Use of Proceeds  ...................................   Use of Proceeds

5.         Determination of Offering Price  ...................   Underwriting

6.         Dilution  ..........................................   Dilution

7.         Selling Security Holders  ..........................   Principal Stockholders; Overallotment Option

8.         Plan of Distribution  ..............................   Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting

9.         Description of Securities to Be Registered .........   Description of Capital Stock

10.        Interests of Named Experts and Counsel  ............   Legal Matters; Experts

11.        Information with Respect to the Registrant   .......   Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; The
                                                                  Reorganization; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                                  Dividend Policy; Capitalization; Selected
                                                                  Consolidated Financial Data; Management's
                                                                  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                                                                  Results of Operations; Business; Management;
                                                                  Description of Capital Stock; Principal
                                                                  Stockholders; Overallotment Option; Certain
                                                                  Relationships and Related Transactions; Index to
                                                                  Financial Statements

12.        Disclosure of Commission Position on
           Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities  ....   Not Applicable
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement
becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.

   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 28, 1996
    


PROSPECTUS
    , 1996

   
                               9,600,000 Shares

                            [LOGO-STAGE STORES INC.]

                                 Common Stock
    

All of the shares of Common Stock (the "Common Stock") offered hereby are
being offered (the "Offering") by Stage Stores, Inc. ("Stage Stores" or the
"Company").

   
Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently anticipated that the initial public offering price will be
between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price.

The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "STGE", subject to official notice of issuance.
    

See "Risk Factors," beginning on page 12, for a discussion of certain factors
which should be carefully considered by prospective purchasers of the Common
Stock offered hereby.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE  SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Underwriting
                         Price to       Discounts and     Proceeds to the
                        the Public     Commissions (1)      Company (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share ............           $                $                  $
Total (3) ............  $                $                   $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)The Company has agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters against
   certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities
   Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
   
(2)Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $800,000.

(3)The Underwriters have been granted a 30-day option by certain of the
   Company's stockholders to purchase up to 1,440,000 additional shares of 
   Common Stock solely to cover overallotments, if any. If the Underwriters 
   exercise this option in full, the Price to the Public, Underwriting 
   Discounts and Commissions, Proceeds to the Company and the proceeds to 
   such stockholders will total $       , $       , $        and $       , 
   respectively. See "Principal Stockholders," "Overallotment Option" and 
   "Underwriting." 
    
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters 
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, 
subject to certain prior conditions, including the right of the Underwriters 
to reject any order in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the 
shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York on or about 
            , 1996. 

Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
  Securities Corporation 

                           Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
                                                               CS First Boston 
<PAGE>

[The graphics on page 2 consist of models wearing typical apparel sold by the
Company and certain labels of such apparel.]

Bringing name-brand apparel to the Heartland of America. . .personally,
profitably.

Our small town stores become the shopping
destinations for families for miles around.


 
                                       2
<PAGE>

[The graphics on page 3 consist of a map highlighting the states in which the
Company has stores and certain labels of apparel articles sold by the
Company.]

Bringing name-brand apparel to the Heartland of America. . .personally,
profitably.

Stage Stores, Inc. currently operates 301 stores in 16 states with
an additional 24 stores planned to open by the end of 1996.


 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
[The graphics on page 4 consist of the Company logo and three of the Company's
store fronts.]

STAGE STORES INC.

A unique retail concept - offering name-brand apparel to small
towns and communities throughout the central United States.


   IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT 
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMPANY'S 
COMMON STOCK AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN 
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET OR 
OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. 

   DURING THE OFFERINGS, CERTAIN PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH PERSONS 
PARTICIPATING IN THE DISTRIBUTION MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS FOR THEIR OWN 
ACCOUNTS OR FOR THE ACCOUNTS OF OTHERS IN THE COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO 
EXEMPTIONS FROM RULES 10b-6, 10b-7, AND 10b-8 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934. 

                                      4 
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
more detailed information and financial statements, including the notes 
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. References in this 
Prospectus to the Company shall, as the context requires, refer to Stage 
Stores, Inc. ("Stage Stores"), which was previously known as Apparel 
Retailers, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries, including 
Specialty Retailers, Inc. The terms "fiscal year" and "fiscal" refer to the 
Company's fiscal year which is the 52 or 53 week period ending on the 
Saturday closest to January 31 of the following calendar year (e.g., a 
reference to "1995" is a reference to the fiscal year ended February 3, 
1996). The term pro forma refers to the basis described under "Unaudited Pro 
Forma Combined Financial Data." In addition, unless otherwise indicated, (i) 
the information in this Prospectus reflects a .98259 for 1 reverse stock 
split of the common stock to be consummated prior to the Offering and (ii) 
the information contained herein assumes that the Underwriters' 
over-allotment option is not exercised. See "Underwriting." 
    


                                 The Company 

   The Company operates the store of choice for well known, national brand 
name family apparel in over 200 small towns and communities across the 
central United States. The Company has recognized the high level of brand 
awareness and demand for fashionable, quality apparel by consumers in small 
markets and has identified these markets as a profitable and underserved 
niche. The Company has developed a unique franchise focused on small markets, 
differentiating itself from the competition by offering a broad range of 
merchandise with a high level of customer service in convenient locations. 

   
   The Company currently operates 301 stores through its "Stage", "Bealls" 
and "Palais Royal" trade names in 16 states throughout the central United 
States. Approximately 76% of these stores are located in small markets and 
communities with as few as 4,000 people. The Company's store format 
(averaging approximately 18,000 total selling square feet) and merchandising 
capabilities enable the Company to operate profitably in small markets. The 
remainder of the Company's stores operate in metropolitan areas, primarily in 
suburban Houston. For the twelve months ended February 3, 1996, the Company 
would have had pro forma sales and income before extraordinary item of $742.4 
million and $20.7 million, respectively. 
    

   Stage Stores' merchandise offerings include a carefully edited but broad 
selection of branded, moderately priced, fashion apparel, accessories, 
fragrances and cosmetics and footwear for women, men and children. Over 85% 
of 1995 sales consisted of branded merchandise, including nationally 
recognized brands such as Levi Strauss, Liz Claiborne, Chaps/Ralph Lauren, 
Calvin Klein, Guess, Hanes, Nike, Reebok and Haggar Apparel. 

   In recent years, the Company has undertaken several initiatives to realize 
the full potential of its unique franchise in small markets, including (i) 
recruiting a new senior management team, (ii) embarking on a store expansion 
program to capitalize on available opportunities in new markets through new 
store openings and strategic acquisitions, (iii) continuing to refine the 
Company's retailing concept and (iv) closing unprofitable stores. As a result 
of these initiatives, the lower operating costs of small market stores, the 
benefits of economies of scale, and its highly automated facilities and 
sophisticated information systems, the Company has among the highest 
operating income margins in the apparel retailing industry. 

Competitively Well Positioned 

   As a result of its small market focus, Stage Stores generally faces less 
competition for brand name apparel because consumers in small markets 
generally have only been able to shop for branded merchandise in distant 
regional malls. In those small markets where the Company does compete for 
brand name apparel sales, such competition generally comes from local 
retailers, small regional chains and, to a lesser extent, national department 
stores. The Company believes it has a competitive advantage over local 
retailers and smaller regional chains due to its (i) economies of scale, (ii) 
strong vendor relationships, (iii) proprietary credit card, and (iv) 
sophisticated operating systems. The Company believes it has a competitive 
advantage in small markets over national department stores due to its (i) 
experience with smaller markets, (ii) ability to effectively manage 
merchandise assortments in a small store format, and (iii) established 
operating systems designed for efficient management within small markets. In 
addition, due to minimal merchandise overlap, Stage Stores generally does not 
directly compete for branded apparel sales with national discounters such as 
Wal-Mart. 

                                      5 
<PAGE>
 
Key Strengths 

   The following factors serve as the Company's key strengths and 
distinguishing characteristics: 

   Ability to Operate Profitably in Smaller Markets. In targeting small 
markets, the Company has developed a store format, generally ranging in size 
from 12,000 to 30,000 square feet, which is smaller than typical department 
stores yet large enough to offer a well edited, but broad selection of 
merchandise. This format, together with economies of scale in buying and 
merchandising, information systems, distribution and advertising, has enabled 
the Company to operate profitably in small markets. In 1995, the Company's 
small market stores open for at least one year generated a store contribution 
(operating profit before allocation of corporate overhead) as a percentage of 
sales of 18%, as compared to 12% for its larger market stores. 

   Benefits of Strong Vendor Relationships. The Company's large store base 
offers major vendors a unique vehicle for accessing multiple small markets in 
a cost effective manner. The proliferation of media combined with the 
significant marketing efforts of these vendors has created significant demand 
for branded merchandise. However, the financial and other limitations of many 
local retailers have left vendors of large national brands with limited 
access to such markets. Further, these vendors, in order to preserve brand 
image, generally do not sell to national discounters. As a result, the 
Company is able to carry branded merchandise frequently not carried by local 
competitors. Additionally, the Company continuously seeks to expand its 
vendor base and has recently added nationally recognized brand names such as 
Polo, Dockers for Women, and Oshkosh, and fragrances by Elizabeth Arden, Liz 
Claiborne and Perry Ellis. In addition, the Company has successfully 
increased the participation by key vendors in joint marketing programs to a 
level that the Company believes exceeds the standard programs provided to its 
smaller, regional competitors. 

   Effective Merchandising Strategy. The Company's merchandising strategy is 
based on an in depth understanding of its customers and is designed to 
accommodate the particular demographic profile of each store. Store layouts 
and visual merchandising displays are designed to create a friendly, modern, 
department store environment, which is frequently not found in small markets. 
The Company's strategy focuses on moderately priced merchandise categories of 
women's, men's and children's apparel, accessories, fragrances, cosmetics and 
footwear, which have traditionally experienced attractive margins. The 
Company utilizes a sophisticated merchandise allocation and transfer system 
which is designed to maximize in-stock positions, increase sales and reduce 
markdowns. The Company believes that the combination of the size and 
experience of its buyer group, strong vendor relationships, effective 
merchandising systems and participation in the Associated Merchandising 
Corporation ("AMC") cooperative buying service enable it to compete 
effectively on both price and selection in its markets. 

   Focused Marketing Strategy. The Company's primary target customers are 
women between the ages of 20 and 55 with household incomes over $25,000 who 
are the primary decision makers for family clothing purchases. The Company 
uses a multi-media advertising approach to position its stores as the local 
destination for fashionable, brand name merchandise. In addition, the Company 
heavily promotes its proprietary credit card in order to create customer 
loyalty and to effectively identify its core customers. The Company believes 
it has a high level of customer awareness due to the small size of its 
markets, its aggressive advertising strategy and well developed corporate 
programs designed to encourage a high level of customer interaction and 
employee participation in local community activities. 

   Benefits of Proprietary Credit Card Program. The Company aggressively 
promotes its proprietary credit card and, as a result, the Company believes 
it experiences a higher percentage of proprietary credit card sales (55.6% of 
net sales in 1995) than most retailers. The Company considers its credit card 
program to be a critical component of its retailing concept because it (i) 
enhances customer loyalty by providing a service that few local and regional 
competitors or discounters offer, (ii) allows the Company to identify and 
regularly contact its best customers, and (iii) creates a comprehensive 
database that enables the Company to implement detailed, segmented marketing 
and merchandising strategies for each store. 

   Emphasis on Customer Service. A primary corporate objective is to provide 
excellent customer service through stores staffed with highly trained and 
motivated sales associates. Each sales associate is evaluated based upon the 
attainment of specific customer service standards such as offering prompt 
assistance, suggesting complementary items, sending thank-you notes to charge 
customers and establishing consistent contact with customers in order to 
create the associate's own customer base. The Company continuously monitors 
the quality 

                                      6 
<PAGE>
 
of its service by making over 3,000 calls each month to credit card customers 
who have recently made a purchase. The results of these surveys are used to 
determine a portion of each store manager's bonus. The Company further 
extends its service philosophy to the design of the store, including 
installing call buttons in its fitting rooms and, in its small market stores, 
locating the store manager on the selling floor to increase accessibility to 
customers. 

   Sophisticated Operating and Information Systems. The Company supports its 
retail concept with highly automated, sophisticated and integrated systems in 
areas such as merchandising, distribution, sales promotions, credit, 
personnel management, store design and accounting. These systems have enabled 
the Company to effectively manage its inventory, improve sales productivity 
and reduce costs, and have contributed to its relatively high operating 
income margins. 

Growth Strategy 

   In order to fully realize the potential of its unique market position and 
proven ability to operate profitably in small markets, the Company has 
initiated an aggressive growth strategy to capitalize on available 
opportunities in new markets through new store openings and strategic 
acquisitions. The Company opened 23 new stores and 45 acquired stores in 
1995, has opened 11 new stores and acquired 34 stores to date in 1996, and 
expects to open approximately 24 additional new stores during the remainder 
of 1996. The Company's goal is to open approximately 55 new stores in 1997. 

   The following are the primary elements of the Company's strategy for 
profitable growth: 

   New Store Openings in Smaller Markets. As part of its ongoing expansion 
program, the Company has identified over 600 additional markets in the 
central United States and contiguous states which meet its demographic and 
competitive criteria. All of these target markets are smaller communities, 
where the Company has historically experienced its highest profit margins. 

   Strategic Acquisitions. The Company believes that it can benefit from 
strategic acquisitions by (i) applying its buying and merchandising 
capabilities, sales promotion techniques and customer service methods, (ii) 
introducing its proven management systems, and (iii) consolidating overhead 
functions. This strategy has been successfully demonstrated by the Company's 
acquisition of 45 stores from Beall-Ladymon, Inc. ("Beall-Ladymon") in 1994 
and the subsequent reopening of the stores in the first quarter of 1995 under 
the Stage name. In 1993, the year prior to their acquisition, the 
Beall-Ladymon stores generated sales of approximately $53.4 million, whereas 
the newly opened Stage stores in the same locations generated sales for the 
twelve months ended May 4, 1996 of $93.1 million, an increase of 74%. Over 
the same periods, store contribution more than doubled. 

   In June 1996, the Company acquired Uhlmans Inc. ("Uhlmans"), a privately 
held retailer with 34 locations in Ohio, Indiana and Michigan, where the 
Company previously had no stores (the "Uhlmans Acquisition"). These stores 
are of similar size and merchandise content to the Company's existing stores 
and are compatible with the Company's retailing concept and growth strategy. 
The Company believes significant opportunities are available to improve 
Uhlmans' financial results through the expansion of certain merchandise 
categories, the Company's lower merchandising costs, increased proprietary 
credit card-based sales, the implementation of the Company's operating 
systems and the elimination of duplicative central and administrative 
overhead. 

   Expansion to Micromarkets. The Company recently began targeting its small 
market retailing concept towards communities with populations from 4,000 to 
12,000 ("micromarkets"). These efforts are designed to capitalize on the 
Company's favorable operating experience in markets of this size. Stage 
Stores believes that micromarkets may offer a significant avenue for 
potential growth, because the Company is able to apply its existing 
successful store model in those micromarkets due to its ability to scale its 
store concept to the appropriate size (less than 12,000 gross square feet), 
the generally lower levels of competition and low labor and occupancy costs. 
The Company has identified 1,200 potential micromarkets in the central United 
States and contiguous states which meet these criteria. 

                                      7 
<PAGE>

                                 The Offering

   
Offering ..................................  9,600,000 shares 

Common stock to be outstanding after 
  the Offering (1) ........................  22,454,239 shares 

Use of Proceeds ...........................  The net proceeds to be received
                                             by the Company from the Offering
                                             are estimated to be approximately
                                             $134.6 million and will be used
                                             to purchase for cash up to all of
                                             the Company's outstanding 12-3/4%
                                             Senior Discount Debentures due
                                             2005 (the "Senior Discount
                                             Debentures") in a tender offer
                                             (the "Tender Offer") and to pay a
                                             consent fee for elimination or
                                             amendment of certain covenants in
                                             the Senior Discount Debentures,
                                             to pay consent fees for
                                             amendments to certain covenants
                                             in the indebtedness of SRI, and
                                             to make a payment of a $2.0
                                             million fee to terminate the
                                             Professional Services Agreement
                                             (as defined). Any remaining
                                             proceeds will be used for general
                                             corporate purposes. See "Use of
                                             Proceeds" and "Certain
                                             Relationships and Related
                                             Transactions."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol ....  "STGE" 
    

- ------------- 
   
(1) Includes 1,443,179 shares issuable upon the conversion of non-voting 
    Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Class B Common 
    Stock"), which are convertible into Common Stock on a share-for-share 
    basis, subject to certain restrictions. See "Description of Capital 
    Stock." Excludes 1,423,023 shares that may be issued upon the exercise of 
    options granted pursuant to the 1993 Stock Option Plan (as defined). See 
    "Management--1993 Stock Option Plan." 
    

   Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should carefully 
consider the "Risk Factors" immediately following this Prospectus Summary. 

   The executive offices of the Company are located at 10201 Main Street, 
Houston, Texas 77025. The Company's telephone number is (713) 667-5601. 

                                      8 
<PAGE>
 
                     Summary Consolidated Historical and
               Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data 

   
   The following table sets forth summary consolidated historical and pro 
forma combined financial and operating data of the Company for the periods 
indicated. The Company's summary consolidated historical financial data were 
derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The summary pro 
forma combined financial data were derived from the Unaudited Pro Forma 
Combined Financial Data of the Company and give effect to the Uhlmans 
Acquisition, including the issuance of the SRPC Notes (as defined), and the 
Offering (including a .98259 for 1 reverse stock split of the common stock to 
be consummated prior to the Offering). The information in the table should be 
read in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and 
Operating Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations", "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data", 
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Financial Statements 
of Uhlmans, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Fiscal Year                                    Three Months Ended 
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                                                                                             Pro 
                                                                                            Pro                             Forma 
                                                                                           Forma    April 29,    May 4,     May 4,
                                     1991       1992      1993(1)    1994      1995(2)    1995(2)     1995        1996       1996 
                                   --------   --------   --------  --------   --------   --------   --------    --------  --------
                                                                (dollars in thousands, except per share and store data) 
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>     
Statement of operations data: 
Net sales ........................ $447,142   $504,401   $557,422  $581,463   $682,624     $742,373   $142,353  $163,177  $175,324
Gross profit .....................  135,569    154,265    172,579   182,804    214,277      229,498     46,283    52,081    54,775
Selling, general and                                                                       
  administrative expenses  .......  116,403    129,193    135,011   134,715    159,625      168,936     33,816    38,878    40,890
Service charge income (3) ........   22,840     29,670     20,003     8,515     10,523       11,374      2,683     2,913     3,117
Store opening and closure costs ..      255        120        199     5,647      3,689        3,689        315        71        71
Operating income (4) .............   41,751     54,622     57,372    50,957     61,486       68,247     14,835    16,045    16,931
Net interest expense .............   33,407     31,771     36,377    40,010     43,989       34,713     10,564    11,588     9,004
Income before extraordinary item .    3,961     12,235     13,426     6,630     10,730       20,673      2,438     2,652     4,803
Pro forma earnings per common                                                              
  share (5)  .....................       --         --         --        --         --         0.90         --        --      0.21
Margin and other data:                                                                     
Gross profit margin ..............     30.3%      30.6%      31.0%     31.4%      31.4%        30.9%      32.5%     31.9%     31.2%
Selling, general and                                                                       
  administrative expense rate  ...     26.0%      25.6%      24.2%     23.2%      23.4%        22.8%      23.8%     23.8%     23.3%
Operating income margin (4) ......      9.3%      10.8%      10.3%      8.8%       9.0%         9.2%      10.4%      9.8%      9.7%
Adjusted operating income margin .      8.1%       8.7%       8.4%      9.2%       9.4%         9.4%       9.7%      8.6%      8.4%
Adjusted operating income(6) ..... $ 36,064   $ 43,680   $ 46,828  $ 53,677   $ 63,996     $ 70,036   $ 13,797  $ 14,033  $ 14,765
Depreciation and amortization ....   10,049      9,065      9,259     9,997     12,816       13,712      2,700     3,149     3,371
Capital expenditures .............    4,768      7,631      8,503    19,706     28,638           --     12,495     6,449        --
Store data:(7)                                                                             
Comparable store sales growth:                                                             
 Bealls/Stage(8) .................      4.1%       5.1%       7.2%      4.8%       3.3%          --        4.1%      7.4%       --
 Palais Royal ....................     (2.8)%     (9.8)%      0.8%      1.7%       1.4%          --       (3.3)%     7.7%       --
 Total Company(9) ................      2.9%       1.8%       6.3%      4.1%       0.8%(10)      --       (0.6)%     7.4%       --
Net sales per selling square foot:                                                         
 Bealls/Stage(8) ................. $    113   $    118   $    129  $    138   $    142           --         --        --        --
 Palais Royal ....................      228        191        200       205        203           --         --        --        --
 Total Company(9) ................      138        138        149       157        157           --         --        --        --
Total selling square footage(11) .    3,354      3,418      3,472     3,516      4,581           --      4,317     4,753        --
Number of stores open at end of                                                            
  period(12)  ....................      159        175        180       188        256          290        239       267       301
                                                                                          
Balance sheet data (at end of period): 
Working capital ..............................................................................................  $171,666  $207,792
Total assets .................................................................................................   406,612   447,005
Total long-term debt .........................................................................................   383,667   300,316
Stockholders' (deficit) equity ...............................................................................   (69,638)   51,383
</TABLE>
    
                                      9 
<PAGE>
 
                 Notes to Summary Consolidated Historical and
               Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating Data 

(1) During 1993, Stage Stores was formed and concurrently became the direct 
    parent of Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI") when the existing 
    stockholders of SRI exchanged all of their common stock for common stock 
    of Stage Stores. Concurrent with the formation of Stage Stores, the 
    Company completed the refinancing of its existing debt and preferred 
    stock (the "Refinancing"). As a result of the Refinancing, the Company 
    recorded an after-tax extraordinary charge of $16.2 million. 

(2) 1995 includes 53 weeks. 

   
(3) Service charge income for 1993, 1994 and 1995 decreased as compared to 
    levels achieved during 1991 and 1992 due to the sale of accounts 
    receivable to the SRI Receivables Master Trust (the "Trust") established 
    as part of the Refinancing in which the Company adopted an accounts 
    receivable securitization program (the "Accounts Receivable Program"). 
    Without giving effect to the Accounts Receivable Program, service charge 
    income for 1993, 1994 and 1995 would have been $32.5 million, $35.2 
    million and $41.3 million, respectively. For a complete summary of the 
    impact of the Company's proprietary credit card program and the Accounts 
    Receivable Program, see Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial 
    Statements, Note 6 below and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--Accounts 
    Receivable Program." 

(4) Operating income and operating income margin decreased during 1994 
    compared to 1993 due primarily to the impact of the adoption of the 
    Accounts Receivable Program (See Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated 
    Financial Statements and Note 6 below) combined with a $5.2 million 
    provision associated with the closure of a majority of the stores 
    operated under the Fashion Bar name (the "Store Closure Plan") 
    (substantially all of which were underperforming). See Note 4 to the 
    Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and "Management's Discussion 
    and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations". 

(5) Pro forma earnings per common share reflects the impact of a .98259 for 1 
    reverse stock split of the common stock to be consummated prior to the 
    Offering. 

(6) Adjusted operating income represents operating income adjusted to 
    eliminate store opening and closure costs, and the positive impact on 
    operating income of the Company's proprietary credit card program 
    (including the Accounts Receivable Program). 
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Fiscal Year                              Three Months Ended 
                                       -----------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------- 
                                                                                       Pro 
                                                                                      Forma    April 29,  May 4,   Pro Forma 
                                         1991     1992     1993     1994     1995      1995      1995      1996   May 4, 1996 
                                       -------  -------  -------  -------  -------   -------   -------   -------    -------
                                                                                    (in thousands) 
<S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>    
Operating income ....................  $41,751  $54,622  $57,372  $50,957  $61,486   $68,247   $14,835   $16,045    $16,931
Plus: Store opening and closure 
  costs  ............................      255      120      199    5,647    3,689     3,689       315        71         71
Less: Positive impact of proprietary 
  credit card program on 
  operating income  .................    5,942   11,062   10,743    2,927    1,179     1,900     1,353     2,083      2,237
                                       -------  -------  -------  -------  -------   -------   -------   -------    -------
Adjusted operating income ...........  $36,064  $43,680  $46,828  $53,677  $63,996   $70,036   $13,797   $14,033    $14,765
                                       =======  =======  =======  =======  =======   =======   =======   =======    =======
</TABLE>

    The impact of the Company's proprietary credit card program (including 
    the Accounts Receivable Program) on operating income is calculated as: 
    (i) the reported service charge income less (ii) the servicing and bad 
    debt costs reflected in the Company's selling, general and administrative 
    expenses less (iii) the gain (or plus the loss) associated with the sale 
    of receivables to the Trust. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--Accounts 
    Receivable Program" and Note 7 to Selected Consolidated Historical 
    Financial and Operating Data. 

    Although adjusted operating income and adjusted operating income margin 
    do not represent operating income or any other measure of financial 
    performance under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company 
    believes they are helpful in understanding the profitability of the 
    Company's retailing operations prior to the impact of its credit card 
    program, the Accounts Receivable Program and store opening and closure 
    costs. 

                                      10 
<PAGE>
 
   
 (7) Store data exclude Bealls stores scheduled to be closed under the Bealls 
     1988 store closure program, except as otherwise noted in Note 12 below, 
     and also exclude the Fashion Bar stores included in the Store Closure 
     Plan. Comparable store sales growth and net sales per selling square 
     foot for 1995 have been determined based on a comparable fifty-two week 
     period. Sales are considered comparable after a store has been in 
     operation fourteen months. Net sales per selling square foot are 
     calculated for stores open the entire year. 

 (8) Excludes for all the periods presented the six Bealls stores located on 
     the border of Mexico which were adversely affected by the peso 
     devaluation in 1994. Comparable stores sales growth and net sales per 
     selling square foot for Bealls/Stage including these stores were: 
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Three Months Ended 
                                                   Fiscal Year                ------------------
                                         --------------------------------     April 29,   May 4,
Bealls/Stage                             1991   1992   1993   1994   1995       1995       1996
                                         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----       ----       ----
<S>                                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>
Comparable store sales growth .........   5.4%   6.7%   7.7%   4.6%   0.2%      0.4%       7.2% 
Net sales per selling square foot .....  $119   $125   $137   $146   $145        --         -- 
</TABLE>

   
 (9) Total Company comparable store sales growth and net sales per selling 
     square foot including the stores which were part of the Store Closure 
     Plan were as follows: 
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Three Months Ended 
                                                   Fiscal Year                ------------------
                                         --------------------------------     April 29,   May 4,
Total Company                            1991   1992   1993   1994   1995       1995       1996
                                         ----   ----   ----   ----   ----       ----       ----
<S>                                      <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>
Comparable store sales growth .........   2.9%   1.8%   5.4%   3.2%   0.5%     (0.7)%      6.5%
Net sales per selling square foot .....  $138   $138   $143   $151   $150        --         -- 
</TABLE>

   
(10) Excluding the six Bealls stores located on the border of Mexico which 
     were adversely affected by the peso devaluation in 1994, total Company 
     comparable store sales growth for 1995 would have been 3.0%. 

(11) Excludes data related to the stores which were included in the Store 
     Closure Plan. Data is in thousands and is as of the end of the period. 

(12) Number of stores open at the end of each period presented also exclude 
     stores in the Store Closure Plan. Stores open at the end of 1992 and 
     1993 included one and six stores, respectively, which were previously 
     excluded under the Bealls 1988 store closure program. Such stores are 
     only included in the Company's results of operations subsequent to their 
     removal from the Bealls 1988 store closure program. Both the Store 
     Closure Plan and the Bealls 1988 store closure program were 
     substantially completed before the end of 1995. 
    

                                      11 
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS

   In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, 
prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors 
before making an investment in the Common Stock offered hereby. 

Leverage and Restrictive Covenants 

   
   Although the Company will use the proceeds from the Offering to reduce 
certain high-cost debt, the Company will remain significantly leveraged 
following the Offering. As of May 4, 1996, on a pro forma basis, the 
Company's total consolidated indebtedness would have been $300.6 million and 
total stockholders' equity would have been $51.4 million. See 
"Capitalization." 
    

   Although the Offering is designed to improve the Company's long-term 
financial and operating flexibility, due to the level of the Company's 
remaining indebtedness after giving effect to the Offering, any material 
adverse development affecting the business of the Company could significantly 
limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures and adverse economic 
conditions, to take advantage of expansion opportunities or other significant 
business opportunities that may arise, or to meet its obligations as they 
become due. The Company's debt that remains outstanding following the 
Offering will continue to impose operating and financial restrictions on the 
Company and certain of its subsidiaries. Such restrictions limit, among other 
matters, the Company's ability to incur additional indebtedness, to make 
dividend payments and to make capital expenditures. See Note 5 to the 
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and "Description of Certain 
Indebtedness." The Company will begin to incur significant scheduled 
principal repayment obligations on its indebtedness beginning in 1999, and 
expects that it will be necessary to refinance this indebtedness upon the 
respective maturity of such debt through additional debt issuances or through 
additional equity financing. No assurance can be given that the Company will 
be able to obtain such financing, or that such financing will be available on 
favorable terms. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." 

Future Growth and Recent Acquisitions; Liquidity 

   Key components of the Company's growth strategy are to (i) continue to 
identify and acquire new store locations where the Company believes it can 
operate profitably and (ii) identify and negotiate strategic acquisitions. 
Such expansions and acquisitions could be material in size and cost. The 
Company's ability to achieve its expansion plans is dependent upon many 
factors, including the availability and permissibility under restrictive 
covenants of financing, general and market specific economic conditions, the 
identification of suitable markets, the availability and leasing of suitable 
sites on acceptable terms, the hiring, training and retention of qualified 
management and other store personnel and the integration of new stores into 
the Company's information systems and operations. As a result, there can be 
no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve its targets for opening 
new stores (including acquisitions) or that such new stores will operate 
profitably when opened or acquired. The Company recently completed the 
acquisition of Uhlmans; however, there can be no assurance that the Company 
will be able to successfully integrate the stores acquired or that they will 
operate profitably or as profitably as previously acquired stores. If the 
Company is unable to successfully locate or integrate new and acquired stores 
or operate them profitably, the Company's business and financial condition 
could be materially adversely affected. 

   The Company's growth strategy may significantly expand the Company's 
working capital requirements, and the Company's ability to meet those working 
capital requirements may be adversely affected by the Company's level of 
indebtedness and the restrictive covenants contained therein, especially in 
periods of economic downturn. 

Economic and Market Conditions; Seasonality 

   Substantially all of the Company's operations are located in the central 
United States. In addition, many of the Company's stores are situated in 
small towns and rural environments that are substantially dependent upon the 
local economy. The retail apparel business is dependent upon the level of 
consumer spending, which may be adversely affected by an economic downturn or 
a decline in consumer confidence. An economic downturn, particularly in the 
central United States and any state (such as Texas) from which the Company 
derives a significant portion of its net sales, could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business and financial condition. The Company 
currently has six stores located near the Texas-Mexico border and has plans 
to open several additional stores in that region. Economic conditions in 
Mexico, and particularly a significant devaluation of the Mexican peso, have 
adversely affected, and in the future may adversely affect, the Company's 
business and financial condition. 

                                      12 
<PAGE>
 
   The Company's success depends in part upon its ability to anticipate and
respond to changing consumer preferences and fashion trends in a timely
manner. Although the Company attempts to stay abreast of emerging lifestyle
and consumer preferences affecting its merchandise, any sustained failure by
the Company to identify and respond to such trends could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business and financial condition.

   The Company's business is seasonal and its quarterly sales and profits 
traditionally have been lower during the first three fiscal quarters of the 
year and higher during the fourth fiscal quarter (November through January). 
In addition, working capital requirements fluctuate throughout the year, 
increasing substantially in October and November in anticipation of the 
holiday season due to requirements for significantly higher inventory levels. 
Any substantial decrease in sales for the last three months of the year could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial 
condition. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations." 

Competition 

   The retail apparel business is highly competitive. Although competition 
varies widely from market to market, the Company faces substantial 
competition, particularly in its Houston area markets, from national, 
regional and local department and specialty stores. Some of the Company's 
competitors are considerably larger than the Company and have substantially 
greater financial and other resources than the Company. Although the Company 
currently offers branded merchandise not available at certain other retailers 
(including large national discounters) in its small market stores, there can 
be no assurance that such other retailers will not begin to carry similar 
branded merchandise, which could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's business and financial condition. 

Dependence on Key Personnel 

   The success of the Company depends to a large extent on its executive 
management team, including the Company's President and Chief Executive 
Officer, Carl Tooker. Although the Company has entered into employment 
agreements with each of the Company's executive officers, it is possible that 
members of executive management may leave the Company, and such departures 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and financial 
condition. The Company does not maintain key-man life insurance on any of its 
executive officers. See "Management." 

Consumer Credit Risks 

   Private Label Credit Card Portfolio. Sales under the Company's private 
label credit card program represents a significant portion of the Company's 
business, accounting for approximately 55.6% of the Company's net sales for 
1995. In recent years, aggregate increases in finance charges and late fee 
collections have more than offset the impact of substantial increases in the 
rate of charge-offs on the Company's accounts receivable, which continued in 
first quarter of 1996; however, further deterioration in the quality of the 
Company's accounts receivable portfolio or any adverse changes in laws 
regulating the granting or servicing of credit (including late fees and the 
finance charge applied to outstanding balances) could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business and financial condition. There can be no 
assurance that the Company's accounts receivable portfolio will continue to 
perform at or above the levels achieved in recent years. 

   Accounts Receivable Program. The Company currently securitizes 
substantially all of the receivables derived from its proprietary credit card 
accounts. Under the Accounts Receivable Program, the Company causes such 
receivables to be transferred to the Trust, which from time to time issues 
certificates to investors backed by such receivables. The Accounts Receivable 
Program has provided the Company with substantially more liquidity (through 
the issuance and sale of such certificates) than it would have had without 
this program. There can be no assurance that the Trust will continue to 
purchase the Company's accounts receivable or issue additional certificates. 
There can be no assurance that receivables will continue to be generated by 
credit cardholders, or that new credit card accounts will continue to be 
established, at the rate historically experienced by the Company. Any decline 
in the generation of receivables or in the rate or pattern of cardholder 
payments on accounts could have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business and financial condition. In addition, significant increases in the 
floating rates paid on investor certificates and/or significant deterioration 
in the performance of the Company's receivables portfolio could trigger an 
early repayment requirement, which could materially adversely affect 
liquidity. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations--Accounts Receivable Program." 

                                      13 
<PAGE>
 
Interest Rate Risk. Although the Company is protected to a certain extent 
by interest rate caps, investors in the receivables-backed certificates of 
the Trust receive interest payments on such certificates based on a floating 
rate. If the interest rate on these certificates increases, the profitability 
of the Company's Accounts Receivable Program and the Company's operating 
income could be materially adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Accounts 
Receivable Program." 

Control by Existing Stockholders 

   
   Upon consummation of the Offering, Bain Capital ("Bain") and certain of 
its affiliates will beneficially own 22.9%, Acadia Partners, L.P. ("Acadia") 
and certain of its affiliates will beneficially own 15.2%, Court Square 
Capital Limited ("Court Square"), a subsidiary of Citicorp Banking 
Corporation ("Citicorp"), will beneficially own 7.4% (assuming conversion of 
all shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Common Stock) and Bernard 
Fuchs, the Company's Chairman will beneficially own 4.9% of the Company's 
outstanding Common Stock. To the knowledge of the Company, upon consummation 
of the Offering, there will be no agreements among the Company's principal 
stockholders relating to the voting of Common Stock or otherwise relating to 
corporate governance issues. Upon consummation of the Offering, if such 
parties were to vote their shares together, such parties would possess 50.4% 
of the combined voting power of the Company's Common Stock and would have 
sufficient voting power to control the election of the Board of Directors and 
to direct the affairs of the Company. See "Principal Stockholders" and 
"Management." 
    

Dilution 

   
   Based upon an assumed public offering price of $15.00 per share, the 
Offering will result in immediate and substantial dilution of $14.55 per 
share of the Common Stock to investors purchasing shares of Common Stock. See 
"Dilution." 
    

Absence of Public Market and Possible Volatility of Stock Price 

   Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock. Although the Company has applied to list the Common Stock for trading 
on the Nasdaq National Market, there can be no assurance that an active 
trading market for the Common Stock will develop or be sustained. The initial 
public offering price of the Common Stock offered hereby will be determined 
by negotiations among the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters 
and may not be indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after the 
Offering. The market price for shares of the Common Stock may be volatile and 
may fluctuate based upon a number of factors, including, without limitation, 
business performance of the Company and the retail sector, news announcements 
or changes in general market and economic conditions. See "Underwriting." 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale 

   
   Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 22,454,239 shares 
of common stock outstanding. The shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering 
will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under 
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") unless held by an 
"affiliate" of the Company, as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the 
Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the resale limitations of 
Rule 144. In addition, certain existing stockholders, including holders of 
restricted Common Stock, have registration rights with respect to Common 
Stock held by them. In connection with the Offering, nearly all existing 
stockholders holding in the aggregate 11,830,954 shares (or 52.7% of total 
outstanding shares) have agreed not to dispose of any shares for a period of 
180 days from the date of this Prospectus, and the Company has agreed not to 
dispose of any shares (other than shares sold by the Company in the Offering 
or issuances by the Company of certain employee stock options and shares 
covered thereby) for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, 
without the prior written consent of representatives of the Underwriters. 
Upon expiration of such 180-day period, 625,009 shares of Common Stock will 
be eligible for sale subject to certain volume and other limitations of Rule 
144 under the Securities Act applicable to "affiliates" of the Company. No 
prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares 
of Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sale will 
have on the market price of the Common Stock from time to time. The sale of a 
substantial number of shares held by the existing stockholders, whether 
pursuant to a subsequent public offering or otherwise, or the perception that 
such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common 
Stock and could materially impair the Company's future ability to raise 
capital through an offering of equity securities. See "Shares Eligible for 
Future Sale" and "Underwriting." 
    


                                      14 
<PAGE>
 
   
   The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the 
Securities Act to register the sale of the 1,965,180 shares of Common Stock 
reserved for issuance under the 1993 Stock Option Plan (as defined) and the 
Incentive Plan (as defined). As a result, any shares issued upon exercise of 
stock options granted under such plans will be available, subject to 
limitations on sales by affiliates under Rule 144, for resale in the public 
market after the effective date of such registration statement, subject to 
applicable lock-up arrangements. See "Management--1993 Stock Option Plan" and 
"Management--1996 Equity Incentive Plan." 
    


Restriction on Payment of Dividends on Common Stock 

   Since its inception, the Company has not customarily declared or paid any 
regular cash or other dividends on the Common Stock other than in connection 
with the Distribution and does not expect to pay dividends for the 
foreseeable future. The indentures governing SRI's indebtedness generally 
restrict the ability of SRI to make payments to the Company, which 
effectively limits the ability of the Company to pay dividends. The Company's 
credit agreements also contain restrictive covenants that restrain the 
Company from paying dividends. See "Dividend Policy" and "--Leverage and 
Restrictive Covenants." 

Anti-Takeover Provisions 

   Certain provisions of the Company's certificate of incorporation and 
by-laws may inhibit changes in control of the Company not approved by the 
Company's board of directors (the "Board of Directors" or the "Board") and 
could limit the circumstances in which a premium may be paid for the Common 
Stock in proposed transactions or a proxy contest for control of the Board. 
These provisions include (i) a prohibition on stockholder action through 
written consents, (ii) advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals 
and nominations, (iii) limitations on the ability of stockholders to amend, 
alter or repeal certain provisions of the Company's certificate of 
incorporation and by-laws, (iv) the authority of the Board to issue, without 
stockholder approval, preferred stock (of which 2,500 shares are authorized) 
with such terms as the Board may determine and (v) a "fair price" provision 
pursuant to which certain transactions involving an interested stockholder 
and the Company require super-majority shareholder approval. The Company will 
also be afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General 
Corporation Law, which could have similar effects. See "Description of 
Capital Stock." 

                                      15 
<PAGE>
 
                               USE OF PROCEEDS

   
   The net proceeds to be received from the sale of the 9,600,000 shares of 
Common Stock by the Company in the Offering (after deducting the underwriting 
discounts and estimated expenses of the Offering payable by the Company) are 
estimated to be approximately $134.6 million, based on an assumed initial 
public offering price of $15.00 per share. The Company intends to use such 
net proceeds (i) to purchase, through the Tender Offer, up to all of the 
Senior Discount Debentures, and pay a consent fee for elimination and 
amendment of certain covenants in the Senior Discount Debentures for an 
aggregate amount of approximately $131.6 million, (ii) to pay consent fees 
for amendments to certain covenants in the indebtedness of SRI and (iii) make 
a payment of a $2.0 million fee to terminate the Professional Services 
Agreement (as defined). Any remaining proceeds will be used for general 
corporate purposes. The Company will receive no proceeds from the sale of 
shares by certain stockholders if the Underwriters' overallotment option is 
exercised. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--Long-Term 
Indebtedness--Senior Discount Debentures" and "Certain Relationships and 
Related Transactions." 
    


                               DIVIDEND POLICY 

   Since its inception, the Company has not declared or paid any regular cash 
or other dividends on its Common Stock other than in connection with the 
Distribution, and does not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable 
future. The Company anticipates that for the foreseeable future, earnings 
will be reinvested in the business and used to service indebtedness. The 
Company's indebtedness limits its ability to pay dividends. The declaration 
and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the discretion of the 
Board. Any future determination to pay dividends will depend on the Company's 
results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, contractual 
restrictions under its current indebtedness and other factors deemed relevant 
by the Board. See "Risk Factors-- Leverage and Restrictive Covenants; 
Liquidity." 

                                      16 
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth the consolidated capitalization of the 
Company at May 4, 1996 and as adjusted to give effect to the Uhlmans 
Acquisition, including the issuance of the SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. 
("SRPC") 12.5% Trust Certificate-Backed Notes (the "SRPC Notes"), and the 
Offering. This presentation should be read in conjunction with the Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements, the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial 
Data of the Company, the Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and 
Operating Data and other information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

   
                                                     May 4, 1996 
                                             -------------------------- 
                                             Historical     As Adjusted 
                                             ----------    ------------ 
                                                  (in thousands) 
Long-term debt, including current portion: 
 Revolving credit agreement (1) .........     $     --      $     -- 
 Senior Discount Debentures, net (2) ....      113,351            -- 
 Senior Notes ...........................      130,000       130,000 
 Senior Subordinated Notes, net (2) .....      116,568       116,568 
 SRPC Notes .............................           --        30,000 
 Other long-term debt ...................       24,039        24,039 
                                              --------      -------- 
  Total long-term debt ..................      383,958       300,607 
Stockholders' equity (deficit) (3):            (69,638)       51,383 
                                              --------      -------- 
  Total capitalization ..................     $314,320      $351,990 
                                              ========      ======== 
    

- ------------- 
(1) The Company currently has a revolving credit agreement under which it may 
    draw up to $25.0 million with an additional seasonal availability of 
    $10.0 million from August 15 through January 15 of each year. See 
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
    of Operation--Liquidity and Capital Resources." 

(2) The Senior Discount Debentures and the Senior Subordinated Notes have 
    unamortized original issue discounts of $35,731 and $1,682, respectively. 

   
(3) Following the consummation of the Offering, the authorized capitalization 
    of the Company will consist of (i) 75,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of 
    which 21,011,060 shares will be outstanding, (ii) 3,000,000 shares of 
    non-voting Class B Common Stock, of which 1,443,179 shares will be issued 
    and outstanding and (iii) 2,500 shares of Preferred Stock, par value 
    $1.00 per share, of which no shares will be outstanding. Options to 
    purchase 1,423,023 shares of Common Stock will be outstanding immediately 
    following consummation of the Offering. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 
    Balance Sheet". 
    


                                      17 
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION

   
   The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of May 4, 1996, 
without giving effect to the Offering, but giving effect to a .98259 for 1 
reverse stock split of the common stock to be consummated prior to the 
Offering, was approximately $(111.0) million, or $(8.64) per share of common 
stock. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of the 
Company's total tangible assets less its total liabilities, divided by the 
number of shares of common stock outstanding. After giving effect to (i) the 
receipt of $134.6 million of estimated net proceeds from the sale by the 
Company of shares of common stock in the Offering, (ii) the use of such net 
proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds" and (iii) the pro forma net 
tangible book value of the Company at May 4, 1996 would have been 
approximately $10.1 million, or $0.45 per share of common stock. This 
represents an immediate reduction in negative net tangible book value of 
$9.09 per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate net tangible 
book value dilution of $(14.55) per share to new investors purchasing shares 
in the Offering. 
    

   The following table illustrates this dilution: 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                          <C>       <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share ..........................             $15.00 
 Pro forma net tangible book value per share, 
   without giving effect to the Offering .................................   $(8.64) 
 Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to 
   new investors .........................................................     9.09 
                                                                             ------ 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering                           0.45 
                                                                                       ------ 
Dilution per share to new investors                                                    $14.55 
                                                                                       ====== 
</TABLE>

   The foregoing computations assume no exercise of stock options. As of June 
25, 1996, there were outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 
1,423,023 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of 
approximately $3.21 per share. If all of the foregoing options had been 
exercised at May 4, 1996, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of 
common stock, without giving effect to the Offering but giving effect to the 
reverse stock split at such date would have been $(7.46) and the pro forma 
net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the Offering and the 
reverse stock split would have been $0.61, representing an immediate dilution 
to new investors of $14.39 per share and an immediate increase in net 
tangible book value of $8.07 per share attributable to the Offering. 
    


                                      18 
<PAGE>
 
                       SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL
                         FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA 

   The following table sets forth selected consolidated historical financial 
and operating data of the Company for the periods indicated. The Company's 
selected consolidated historical financial data were derived from the 
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The data for the unaudited 
three-month periods ended April 29, 1995 and May 4, 1996, in the opinion of 
management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring 
adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim 
periods. The Company's business is seasonal and the results of operations for 
these three-month periods are not necessarily indicative of the results 
expected for a complete fiscal year or any other interim period. The 
information in the table should be read in conjunction with "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", 
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Financial Statements 
of Uhlmans, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Fiscal Year                           Three Months Ended 
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------      ---------------------
                                                                                                           April 29,     May 4, 
                                                   1991       1992      1993(1)     1994      1995(2)        1995         1996 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
                                                               (dollars in thousands, except per share and store data) 
<S>                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Statement of operations data: 
Net sales ....................................   $447,142   $504,401   $557,422   $581,463   $682,624      $142,353     $163,177 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy 
  and distribution expenses  ..................   311,573    350,136    384,843    398,659    468,347        96,070      111,096 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
Gross profit .................................    135,569    154,265    172,579    182,804    214,277        46,283       52,081 
Selling, general and administrative expenses .    116,403    129,193    135,011    134,715    159,625        33,816       38,878 
Service charge income (3) ....................     22,840     29,670     20,003      8,515     10,523         2,683        2,913 
Store opening and closure costs ..............        255        120        199      5,647      3,689           315           71 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
Operating income (4) .........................     41,751     54,622     57,372     50,957     61,486        14,835       16,045 
Other non-operating income (expense) .........        359     (2,276)        --         --         --            --           -- 
Net interest expense (5) .....................     33,407     31,771     36,377     40,010     43,989        10,564       11,588 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
Income before income tax and extraordinary 
  item  .......................................     8,703     20,575     20,995     10,947     17,497         4,271        4,457 
Income tax expense ...........................      3,993      8,340      7,569      4,317      6,767         1,833        1,805 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
Income before extraordinary item .............      4,710     12,235     13,426      6,630     10,730         2,438        2,652 
Minority interest expense ....................       (749)        --         --         --         --            --           -- 
Extraordinary item ...........................         --         --     16,208        308         --            --           -- 
                                                 --------   --------   --------   --------   --------      --------     -------- 
Net income (loss) ............................   $  3,961   $ 12,235   $ (2,782)  $  6,322   $ 10,730      $  2,438     $  2,652 
                                                 ========   ========   ========   ========   ========      ========     ======== 
Earnings (loss) per common share (6) .........   $   0.10   $   0.77   $  (0.37)  $   0.47   $   0.78      $   0.18     $   0.19 
                                                 ========   ========   ========   ========   ========      ========     ======== 
Margin and other data: 
Gross profit margin ..........................       30.3%      30.6%      31.0%      31.4%      31.4%         32.5%        31.9% 
Selling general and administrative expense 
  rate  .......................................      26.0%      25.6%      24.2%      23.2%      23.4%         23.8%        23.8% 
Operating income margin (4) ..................        9.3%      10.8%      10.3%       8.8%       9.0%         10.4%         9.8% 
Adjusted operating income margin .............        8.1%       8.7%       8.4%       9.2%       9.4%          9.7%         8.6% 
Adjusted operating income (7) ................   $ 36,064   $ 43,680   $ 46,828   $ 53,677   $ 63,996      $ 13,797     $ 14,033 
Depreciation and amortization ................     10,049      9,065      9,259      9,997     12,816         2,700        3,149 
Capital expenditures .........................      4,768      7,631      8,503     19,706     28,638        12,495        6,449 

Store data: (8) 
Comparable store sales growth: 
 Bealls/Stage (9) ............................        4.1%       5.1%       7.2%       4.8%       3.3%          4.1%         7.4% 
 Palais Royal ................................       (2.8)%     (9.8)%      0.8%       1.7%       1.4%         (3.3)%        7.7% 
 Total Company(10) ...........................        2.9%       1.8%       6.3%       4.1%       0.8%(11)     (0.6)%        7.4% 
Net sales per selling square foot: 
 Bealls/Stage (9) ............................   $    113   $    118   $    129   $    138   $    142            --           -- 
 Palais Royal ................................        228        191        200        205        203            --           -- 
 Total Company(10) ...........................        138        138        149        157        157            --           -- 
Total selling square footage(12) .............      3,354      3,418      3,472      3,516      4,581         4,317        4,753 
Number of stores open at end of period(13) ...        159        175        180        188        256           239          267 

Balance sheet data (at end of period): 
Working capital ..............................   $200,050   $214,430   $156,782   $148,229   $170,108      $142,763     $171,666 
Total assets .................................    365,381    403,824    347,055    369,730    412,333       368,015      406,612 
Long-term debt ...............................    298,266    296,587    347,468    349,775    380,039       352,945      383,667 
Redeemable preferred stock ...................     15,200     17,500         --         --         --            --        -- 
Stockholders' (deficit)(14) ..................    (19,500)    (9,605)   (87,727)   (81,193)   (72,314)      (78,611)     (69,638) 
</TABLE>
    
                                      19 
<PAGE>
 
                  NOTES TO SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL
                         FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA 

(1) During 1993, Stage Stores was formed and concurrently became the direct 
    parent of SRI when the existing stockholders of SRI exchanged all of 
    their common stock for common stock of Stage Stores. Concurrent with the 
    formation of Stage Stores, the Company completed the Refinancing. As a 
    result of the Refinancing the Company recorded an after-tax extraordinary 
    charge of $16.2 million. 

(2) 1995 includes 53 weeks. 

   
(3) Service charge income for 1993, 1994 and 1995 decreased as compared to 
    levels achieved during 1991 and 1992 due to the sale of accounts 
    receivable to the Trust as part of the Accounts Receivable Program. 
    Without giving effect to the Accounts Receivable Program, service charge 
    income for 1993, 1994 and 1995 would have been $32.5 million, $35.2 
    million and $41.3 million, respectively. For a complete summary of the 
    impact of the Company's proprietary credit card program and the Accounts 
    Receivable Program, see Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial 
    Statements, Note 7 below and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--Accounts 
    Receivable Program." 

(4) Operating income and operating income margin decreased during 1994 
    compared to 1993 due primarily to the impact of the adoption of the 
    Accounts Receivable Program (See Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated 
    Financial Statements and Note 7 below) combined with a $5.2 million 
    provision associated with the Store Closure Plan. See Note 4 to the 
    Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and "Management's Discussion 
    and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Store 
    Closure Plan." 
    

(5) Net interest expense includes $6.8 million, $5.2 million and $2.4 million 
    for 1991, 1992 and 1993, respectively, that represented the interest 
    expense associated with the Company's accounts receivable facility 
    outstanding prior to the adoption of the Accounts Receivable Program. 

   
(6) Earnings (loss) per common share for 1993 includes the impact of the 
    extraordinary item associated with the Refinancing which reduced earnings 
    per common share by $1.18. Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission 
    Staff Accounting Bulletins and Staff policy, common stock options issued 
    during the twelve months prior to the Offering have been included in the 
    calculation of earnings (loss) per common share as if such options were 
    outstanding during 1993, 1994, 1995 and the three months ended May 4, 
    1996. Historical earnings (loss) per common share does not reflect the 
    impact of a .98259 for 1 reverse stock split of the common stock to be 
    consummated prior to the Offering. 
    

(7) Adjusted operating income represents operating income adjusted to 
    eliminate store opening and closure costs and the positive impact on 
    operating income of the Company's proprietary credit card program 
    (including the Accounts Receivable Program) as follows. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Fiscal Year                      Three Months Ended 
                                                      -----------------------------------------------    -------------------- 
                                                                                                          April 29,   May 4, 
                                                        1991      1992      1993      1994      1995        1995       1996 
                                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------    ------- 
    <S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                    (in thousands) 
    Operating income ..............................   $41,751   $54,622   $57,372   $50,957   $61,486     $14,835    $16,045 
    Plus: Store opening and closure cost ..........       255       120       199     5,647     3,689         315         71 
    Less: Positive impact of proprietary credit 
      card program on operating income  ...........     5,942    11,062    10,743     2,927     1,179       1,353      2,083 
                                                      -------   -------   -------   -------   -------     -------    ------- 
    Adjusted operating income .....................   $36,064   $43,680   $46,828   $53,677   $63,996     $13,797    $14,033 
                                                      =======   =======   =======   =======   =======     =======    ======= 
</TABLE>

    The impact of the Company's proprietary credit card program (including 
    the Accounts Receivable Program) on operating income is calculated as: 
    (i) the reported service charge income less (ii) the servicing and bad 
    debt costs reflected in the Company's selling, general and administrative 
    expenses less (iii) the gain (or plus the loss) associated with the sale 
    of receivables to the Trust. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
    Financial Condition and Results of Operations--General--Accounts 
    Receivable Program." 

                                      20 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Fiscal Year                     Three Months Ended 
                                                      ---------------------------------------------    -------------------- 
                                                                                                       April 29,    May 4, 
                                                        1991      1992      1993     1994     1995       1995        1996 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
     <S>                                              <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>
                                                                                   (in thousands) 
     Service charge income: 
      Consolidated .................................   22,840    29,670    32,547   35,183   41,321      9,703      11,977 
      Certificateholders' portion ..................     --        --      12,544   26,668   30,798      7,020       9,064 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
      Reported service charge income (i) ...........   22,840    29,670    20,003    8,515   10,523      2,683       2,913 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
     Servicing and bad debt costs: 
      Consolidated  ................................   16,898    18,608    21,374   22,504   28,551      5,400       7,538 
      Certificateholders' portion ..................     --        --       8,814   15,956   19,400      3,212       5,322 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
      Reported in selling, general and 
        administrative expenses (ii)  ...............  16,898    18,608    12,560    6,548    9,151      2,188       2,216 
     Loss (gain) on sale of receivables: 
      Certificateholders' portion of service 
        charge income  ..............................    --        --      12,544   26,668   30,798      7,020       9,064 
      Certificateholders' portion of servicing 
        and bad debt costs  .........................    --        --       8,814   15,956   19,400      3,212       5,322 
      Return to Certificateholders .................     --        --       3,219    8,200   11,529      2,781       2,852 
      Other ........................................     --        --      (2,789)   1,552       62        169        (496) 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
       Total (gain) loss on sale of receivables 
      (iii)  ........................................    --        --      (3,300)    (960)     193       (858)     (1,386) 
                                                      -------   -------   -------  -------  -------    -------     ------- 
       Total positive impact of proprietary credit 
         card program on operating income [(i)-(ii) 
         -(iii)]  ................................... $ 5,942   $11,062   $10,743  $ 2,927  $ 1,179     $1,353     $ 2,083 
                                                      =======   =======   =======  =======  =======    =======     ======= 
</TABLE>

     Although adjusted operating income and adjusted operating income margin 
     do not represent operating income or any other measure of financial 
     performance under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company 
     believes they are helpful in understanding the profitability of the 
     Company's retailing operations prior to the impact of its credit card 
     program, the Accounts Receivable Program and store opening and closure 
     costs. 

 (8) Store data exclude Bealls stores scheduled to be closed under the Bealls 
     1988 store closure program, except as otherwise noted in Note 12 below 
     and also exclude the Fashion Bar stores included in the Store Closure 
     Plan. Comparable store sales growth and net sales per selling square 
     foot for 1995 have been determined based on a comparable fifty-two week 
     period. Sales are considered comparable after a store has been in 
     operation fourteen months. Net sales per selling square foot are 
     calculated for stores open the entire year. 

 (9) Excludes for all the periods presented the six Bealls stores located on 
     the border of Mexico which were adversely affected by the peso 
     devaluation in 1994. Comparable stores sales growth and net sales per 
     selling square foot for Bealls/Stage including these stores were: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Three Months Ended 
                                                     Fiscal Year               ------------------ 
                                          --------------------------------     April 29,   May 4, 
Bealls/Stage                              1991   1995   1996   1992   1993       1994       1995 
                                          ----   ----   ----   ----   ----       ----       ----
<S>                                       <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>
Comparable store sales growth .........    5.4%   6.7%   7.7%   4.6%   0.2%      0.4%       7.2% 
Net sales per selling square foot .....   $119   $125   $137   $146   $145        --         -- 
</TABLE>

(10) Total Company comparable store sales growth and net sales per selling 
     square foot including the stores which were part of the Store Closure 
     Plan were as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Three Months Ended 
                                                     Fiscal Year               ------------------ 
                                          --------------------------------     April 29,   May 4, 
Total Company                             1991   1995   1996   1992   1993       1994       1995 
                                          ----   ----   ----   ----   ----       ----       ----
<S>                                       <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>
Comparable store sales growth .........    2.9%   1.8%   5.4%   3.2%   0.5%      (0.7)%     6.5% 
Net sales per selling square foot .....   $138   $138   $143   $151   $150         --        -- 
</TABLE>

   
(11) Excluding the six Bealls stores located on the border of Mexico which 
     were adversely affected by the peso devaluation in 1994, total Company 
     comparable store sales growth for 1995 would have increased to 3.0%. 
    

(12) Excludes data related to the stores which were in the Store Closure 
     Plan. Data is in thousands and is as of the end of the period. 

(13) Number of stores open at the end of each period presented also exclude 
     stores in the Store Closure Plan. Stores open at the end of 1992 and 
     1993 included one and six stores, respectively, which were previously 
     excluded under the Bealls 1988 store closure program. Such stores are 
     only included in the Company's results 

                                      21 
<PAGE>
 
     of operations subsequent to their removal from the store closure 
     program. Both the Store Closure Plan and the Bealls 1988 store closure 
     program were substantially completed before the end of 1995. 

(14) Beginning in 1993, Stockholders' deficit includes the impact of the 
     extraordinary charge associated with the Refinancing ($16.2 million) and 
     the dividend associated with a cash distribution to the Company's 
     stockholders ($74.8 million). 

                                      22 
<PAGE>
 
                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

   
   The following unaudited pro forma combined financial data give effect to 
the Uhlmans Acquisition, the issuance of the SRPC Notes, the application of 
the net proceeds of the Offering and a .98259 for 1 reverse stock split of 
the common stock to be consummated prior to the Offering. The unaudited pro 
forma financial data are based on the historical consolidated financial 
statements for the Company, the historical financial statements of Uhlmans 
and the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The 
unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations were prepared as if the 
transactions described above had occurred at the beginning of the earliest 
period presented and do not (i) purport to represent what the Company's 
results of operations actually would have been if the Uhlmans Acquisition and 
the Offering had occurred as of the dates indicated or will be for any future 
periods or (ii) give effect to certain non-recurring charges expected to 
result from the application of the net proceeds of the Offering. The 
unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet was prepared as if the 
transactions described above had occurred on the balance sheet date. The 
unaudited pro forma financial data are based upon assumptions deemed 
appropriate by the management of the Company. The unaudited pro forma 
combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company's 
Consolidated Financial Statements and the Financial Statements of Uhlmans 
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 
    


             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS 
                         YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 1996 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Historical 
                                      ------------------ 
                                                             Acquisition      Offering     Pro Forma 
                                      Company    Uhlmans    Adjustments(1)  Adjustments(2)  Combined 
                                      -------    -------    --------------  -------------- --------- 
                                                (in thousands, except per share amounts) 
<S>                                   <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Net sales ........................    $682,624   $59,749      $   --         $   --       $742,373 
Cost of sales and related buying, 
  occupancy and distribution 
  expenses  .......................    468,347    46,129       (1,601)(a)       --         512,875 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Gross profit .....................     214,277    13,620        1,601           --         229,498 
Selling, general and 
  administrative expenses  ........    159,625    12,232       (2,408)(b)        (513)(k)  168,936 
Service charge income ............      10,523       851         --             --          11,374 
Store opening and closure costs ..       3,689      --           --             --           3,689 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Operating income .................      61,486     2,239        4,009             513       68,247 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Interest expense, net ............      42,129     1,637        2,113(c)      (13,070)(l)   32,809 
Amortization of debt issue costs .       1,860      --            482(d)         (438)(m)    1,904 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
                                        43,989     1,637        2,595         (13,508)      34,713 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Income before income tax and 
  extraordinary item  .............     17,497       602        1,414          14,021       33,534 
Income tax expense (3) ...........       6,767      --            766(e)        5,328(n)    12,861 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Income before extraordinary 
  item (4)  .......................   $ 10,730   $   602      $   648        $  8,693     $ 20,673 
                                      ========   =======      =======        ========     ======== 

Earnings per common share data: 
Earnings per common share before 
  extraordinary item  .............   $   0.78                                            $   0.90 
                                      ========                                            ======== 
Weighted average common shares          
  outstanding  ....................     13,680(5)                                           23,041 
                                      ========                                            ======== 
</TABLE>
    
                                      23 
<PAGE>
 
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MAY 4, 1996 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Historical 
                                      ------------------ 
                                                             Acquisition      Offering     Pro Forma 
                                      Company    Uhlmans    Adjustments(1)  Adjustments(2)  Combined 
                                      -------    -------    --------------  -------------- --------- 
                                                (in thousands, except per share amounts) 
<S>                                   <C>        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>      
Net sales ........................    $163,177   $12,147       $  --         $   --       $175,324 
Cost of sales and related buying, 
  occupancy and distribution 
  expenses  .......................    111,096     9,856         (403)(f)       --         120,549 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Gross profit .....................      52,081     2,291          403           --          54,775 
Selling, general and 
  administrative expenses  ........     38,878     2,752         (615)(g)       (125)(o)    40,890 
Service charge income ............       2,913       204         --             --           3,117 
Store opening and closure costs ..          71      --           --             --              71 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Operating income (loss) ..........      16,045      (257)       1,018            125        16,931 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Interest expense, net ............      11,119       357          581(h)      (3,534)(p)     8,523 
Amortization of debt issue 
  costs  ..........................        469      --            121(i)        (109)(q)       481 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
                                        11,588       357          702         (3,643)        9,004 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Income (loss) before income tax 
  and extraordinary item  .........      4,457      (614)         316          3,768         7,927 
Income tax expense (benefit) (3) .       1,805      --           (113)(j)      1,432(r)      3,124 
                                      --------   -------      -------        --------     -------- 
Income (loss) before extraordinary 
  item (4)  .......................   $  2,652   $  (614)      $  429        $ 2,336      $  4,803 
                                      ========   =======      =======        ========     ======== 

Earnings per common share data: 
Earnings per common share 
  before extraordinary item  ......   $   0.19                                            $   0.21 
                                      ========                                            ======== 
Weighted average common shares           
  outstanding  ....................     13,618(5)                                           22,980 
                                      ========                                            ======== 
</TABLE>
    
                                      24 
<PAGE>
 
        NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Note 1--Acquisition Adjustments 

Uhlmans Consolidation Program 

   The Company has formally adopted and is in the process of implementing a 
consolidation program to absorb the Uhlmans general office functions, 
including accounting, data processing, merchandising, personnel, credit and 
distribution into similar functions provided by the Company (the "Uhlmans 
Consolidation Program"). As a part of the acquisition agreement with the 
former stockholders of Uhlmans, the Company has contractually agreed to a 
severance schedule for each individual whose employment will be terminated as 
a result of the Uhlmans Consolidation Program. Additionally, all leases 
associated with Uhlmans corporate offices and distribution center have been 
converted to month-to-month leases under the terms of the acquisition 
agreement. 

   Although the consolidation of the Uhlmans general office functions is 
expected to take place over a period of three months, the pro forma combined 
statements of operations reflect the elimination of the separate Uhlmans 
general office expenses assuming the consolidation had been fully implemented 
at the beginning of the respective periods. 

   The adjustments to Uhlmans historical net income are based on management's 
estimates and are not necessarily indicative of the level of permanent 
savings for future periods. These pro forma adjustments only give effect to 
those amounts that are directly related to the Uhlmans Consolidation Program. 
The actual application by the Company of the Uhlmans Consolidation Program 
could result in different levels of savings from the amounts presented in the 
pro forma combined statements of operations. 

   The accompanying pro forma combined statements of operations do not 
reflect certain cost savings or improvements in sales volume or gross margin 
related to the acquisition of Uhlmans which the Company believes can be 
realized. For instance, the Company believes it should be able to receive 
better pricing and vendor participation programs on the merchandise it 
purchases for the acquired stores given the Company's historical ability to 
negotiate better pricing structures with its vendors as compared to those 
historically obtained by Uhlmans. Additionally, the Company intends to expand 
certain merchandise categories in the acquired stores such as footwear, which 
Uhlmans has historically offered on a limited basis in only certain stores. 
Finally, the Company believes it should be able to increase the penetration 
of Uhlmans' proprietary credit card as compared to historical levels, since 
Uhlmans has not aggressively promoted its proprietary credit card. 

Purchase Accounting 

   The application of purchase accounting to the Uhlmans Acquisition results 
in an excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the 
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This excess is treated as goodwill. 
Based upon the strategic positioning of the Uhlmans stores in relation to the 
Company's growth strategy, the stores purchased by the Company and the long 
operating history and historical profitability of these stores, management 
believes a forty year amortization period for this goodwill is appropriate. 
Such acquisition will be accounted for as an asset purchase for tax purposes, 
and accordingly, the annual goodwill amortization will be tax deductible. 

Acquisition Financing 

   The Company financed the Uhlmans Acquisition through the issuance of $30.0 
million in aggregate principal amount of SRPC Notes. The pro forma combined 
statements of operations reflect additional interest expense relating to 
these notes. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--Other Debt--SRPC 
Notes." 

                                      25 
<PAGE>
 
The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the impact of the 
aforementioned items as follows (in thousands): 

  Year ended February 3, 1996: 
   (a) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical personnel costs associated with the 
       buying and distribution functions which the Company is currently 
       absorbing into its existing central office of $(1,908) offset by 
       incremental freight due to the use of the Company's distribution 
       center of $307. 

   (b) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical personnel costs associated with the 
       accounting, advertising, data processing and credit functions and 
       occupancy costs associated with leases the Company is terminating in 
       connection with the Uhlmans Consolidation Program aggregating $(2,676) 
       offset by amortization of goodwill resulting from the acquisition of 
       $268. 

   (c) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical interest expense of $(1,637) offset 
       by interest on the SRPC Notes of $3,750. 

   (d) Amortization of debt issue costs associated with the SRPC Notes of 
       $482. 

   (e) Additional income tax expense associated with the Uhlmans' historical 
       income of $229 and the remaining acquisition adjustments of $537. 

  Three months ended May 4, 1996: 
   (f) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical personnel costs associated with the 
       buying and distribution functions which the Company is currently 
       absorbing into its existing central office of $(477) offset by 
       incremental freight due to the use of the Company's distribution 
       center of $74. 

   (g) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical personnel costs associated with the 
       accounting, advertising, data processing and credit functions and 
       occupancy costs associated with leases the Company is terminating in 
       connection with the Uhlmans Consolidation Program aggregating $(682) 
       offset by amortization of goodwill resulting from the acquisition of 
       $67. 

   (h) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical interest expense of $(357) offset 
       by interest on the SRPC Notes of $938. 

   (i) Amortization of debt issue costs associated with the SRPC Notes of 
       $121. 

   (j) Income tax benefit of Uhlmans' historical loss of $(233) offset by 
       additional income tax expense associated with remaining acquisition 
       adjustments of $120. 

Note 2--Offering Adjustments 

   The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations should be read 
in conjunction with the discussion of the Offering included under "Use of 
Proceeds." The completion of the Offering at the beginning of the pro forma 
periods presented would have resulted in the following adjustments (in 
thousands): 

  Year ended February 3, 1996: 
   (k) Elimination of the expense associated with the termination of the 
       Professional Services Agreement (as defined) of $(513). See "Certain 
       Relationships and Related Transactions--Professional Services 
       Agreement." 

   (l) Elimination of historical interest expense associated with the Senior 
       Discount Debentures of $(13,070). 

   (m) Elimination of historical amortization of debt issue costs associated 
       with the Senior Discount Debentures of $(438). 

   (n) Income tax expense associated with the Offering adjustments of $5,328. 

  Three months ended May 4, 1996: 
   (o) Elimination of the expense associated with the termination of the 
       Professional Services Agreement (as defined) of $(125). 

   (p) Elimination of historical interest expense associated with the Senior 
       Discount Debentures of $(3,534). 

                                      26 
<PAGE>
 
   (q) Elimination of historical amortization of debt issue costs associated 
       with the Senior Discount Debentures of $(109). 

   (r) Income tax expense associated with the Offering adjustments of $1,432. 

Note 3--Income Taxes 

   Pro forma adjustments to record the provision or benefit for income taxes 
have been made assuming a tax rate of 38%, based upon the statutory federal 
and state income tax rates. These adjustments result in a pro forma combined 
effective tax rate of 38% and 39% for the year ended February 3, 1996, and 
the three months ended May 4, 1996, respectively. 

Note 4--Non-Recurring Charges 

   
   In the fiscal quarter in which the Offering is consummated (currently 
expected to be the second or third quarter of 1996), the Company expects to 
incur non-recurring charges, net of tax, totaling approximately $14.1 million 
in connection with the early retirement of the Senior Discount Debentures and 
the write-off of related debt issue costs and the termination of the 
Professional Services Agreement (as defined). 

Note 5--Reverse Stock Split 

   The historical weighted average common shares outstanding does not give 
effect to a .98259 for 1 reverse stock split of the common stock to be 
consummated prior to the Offering. 
    


                                      27 
<PAGE>
 
                  UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                                 MAY 4, 1996 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Historical 
                                    ------------------ 
                                                          Acquisition      Offering     Pro Forma 
                                     Company   Uhlmans   Adjustments(1)  Adjustments(2)  Combined 
                                    --------   -------   --------------  --------------  -------- 
                                                            (in thousands) 
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>
              Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents .......   $ 10,412   $ 1,054      $   490(a)    $   3,425(k)   $ 15,381 
Accounts receivable .............     50,587     5,519         --             --           56,106 
Merchandise inventories .........    166,303    13,154         --             --          179,457 
Prepaid expenses and other 
  current assets  ................    23,452       251          (78)(b)      14,867(l)     38,492 
                                    --------   -------      -------        --------      -------- 
 Total current assets ...........    250,754    19,978          412          18,292       289,436 
Property, equipment and leasehold 
  improvements, net  .............    96,901     3,983          (28)(c)       --          100,856 
Goodwill, net ...................     30,606      --         10,719(d)        --           41,325 
Other assets ....................     28,351       188        2,077(e)      (15,228)(m)    15,388 
                                    --------   -------      -------        --------      -------- 
 Total assets ...................   $406,612   $24,149      $13,180        $  3,064      $447,005 
                                    ========   =======      =======        ========      ======== 
  Liabilities and Stockholders' 
               Equity 
Accounts payable ................   $ 41,153   $ 3,857      $   398(f)        --         $ 45,408 
Accrued interest ................      6,580       101         --             --            6,681 
Accrued expenses and other 
  current liabilities  ...........    27,272     1,796          549(g)       (4,606)(n)    25,011 
Accrued taxes, other than income 
  taxes  .........................     4,083       461         --             --            4,544 
                                    --------   -------      -------        --------      -------- 
 Total current liabilities ......     79,088     6,215          947          (4,606)       81,644 

Long-term debt ..................    339,467    13,809       16,191(h)     (113,351)(o)   256,116 
Related party debt ..............     44,200     1,060       (1,060)(h)       --           44,200 
Other long-term liabilities .....     13,495       344         (177)(i)       --           13,662 
                                    --------   -------      -------        --------      -------- 
 Total liabilities ..............    476,250    21,428       15,901        (117,957)      395,622 
Stockholders' equity (deficit) ..    (69,638)    2,721       (2,721)(j)     121,021(p)    51,383 
                                    --------   -------      -------        --------      -------- 
 Total liabilities and 
   stockholders' equity  .........  $406,612   $24,149      $13,180        $  3,064      $447,005 
                                    ========   =======      =======        ========      ========
</TABLE>
    
                                      28 
<PAGE>
 
        NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

Note 1--Acquisition Adjustments 

   The pro forma acquisition adjustments represent the estimated purchase 
accounting adjustments necessary to state the historical assets and 
liabilities of Uhlmans at their estimated fair values and the recognition of 
the excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed as goodwill. Certain assets and liabilities 
associated with the trucking operations of Uhlmans at the date of its 
acquisition by the Company were retained by its former stockholders. The pro 
forma combined condensed balance sheet includes adjustments to remove the 
historical value of such assets and liabilities. The acquisition adjustments 
shown on the pro forma combined condensed balance sheet reflect (in 
thousands): 

   (a) Cash received from the issuance of the SRPC Notes of $27,829 net of 
       fees and expenses, less cash paid to former owners of Uhlmans of 
       $(11,613) and the retirement of Uhlmans total long term debt 
       (including current portion) $(15,726). 

   (b) Write-off of Uhlmans' prepaid pension expenses of $(78). 

   (c) Adjustment for certain trucking assets not purchased. 

   (d) Recognition of goodwill. 

   (e) Recognition of debt issue costs associated with the issuance of the 
       SRPC Notes. 

   (f) Adjustment for certain trucking liabilities not assumed of $(18) and 
       recognition of deferred purchase price due the former owners of 
       Uhlmans of $416. 

   (g) Accrual for severance due certain Uhlmans' employees of $1,406, net of 
       the retirement of the current portion of Uhlmans' debt of $(857). 

   (h) Issuance of the SRPC Notes of $30,000, net of the retirement of 
       Uhlmans existing debt of $(14,869). 

   (i) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical pension liability which is not 
       being assumed by the Company of $(177). 

   (j) Elimination of Uhlmans' historical equity accounts. 

Note 2--Offering Adjustments 

   
   The pro forma offering adjustments, assuming completion of the Offering at 
an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, at May 4, 1996, reflect 
the following (in thousands): 
    

   (k) Sources and uses of cash as follows: 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                               <C>
 Sources of Funds-- 
  Net proceeds from the Offering .............................    $ 134,560 
Uses of Funds-- 
  Retirement of Senior Discount Debentures                         (129,135) 
  Payment to terminate the Professional Services Agreement (as 
  defined) ...................................................       (2,000) 
                                                                  --------- 
  Net change in cash and cash equivalents ....................    $   3,425 
                                                                  ========= 
</TABLE>
    

       A portion of the cash remaining after the Offering is expected to be 
       used to pay consent fees with respect to SRI's outstanding 
       indebtedness. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
       Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources." 

   
   (l) Recognition of income tax receivable due to early retirement of Senior 
       Discount Debentures of $14,867. 
    

   (m) Write-off of debt issue cost related to the Senior Discount Debentures 
       of $(4,054) and reclassification of the historical deferred tax asset 
       related to the interest component of the debentures to income tax 
       receivable of $(11,174). 

   (n) Reclassification of income taxes payable existing at May 4, 1996 to 
       income tax receivable due to the tax implications of the retirement of 
       the Senior Discount Debentures of $(4,606). 

   (o) Retirement of Senior Discount Debentures. 

   
   (p) Net proceeds from the Offering of $134,560, net of after-tax 
       extraordinary charge for loss on early retirement of debt of $(12,299) 
       and payment to terminate the Professional Services Agreement, net of 
       tax of $(1,240). 
    


                                      29 
<PAGE>
 
                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

General 

   Overview. The Company operates the store of choice for well known national 
brand name family apparel in over 200 small towns and communities across the 
central United States. The Company has recognized the high level of brand 
awareness and demand for fashionable, quality apparel by consumers in small 
markets and has identified these markets as a profitable and underserved 
niche. The Company has developed a unique franchise focused on small markets, 
differentiating itself from the competition by offering a broad range of 
merchandise with a high level of customer service in convenient locations. 

   In recent years, the Company has undertaken several initiatives to realize 
the full potential of its unique franchise in small markets, including (i) 
recruiting a new senior management team, (ii) embarking on a store expansion 
program to capitalize on available opportunities in new markets through new 
store openings and strategic acquisitions, (iii) continuing to refine the 
Company's retailing concept and (iv) closing unprofitable stores. As a result 
of these initiatives, the lower operating costs of small market stores, the 
benefits of economies of scale and its highly automated facilities and 
sophisticated information systems, the Company has among the highest 
operating income margins in the apparel retailing industry. 

   Recent Acquisitions. The Company acquired 45 stores from Beall-Ladymon in 
1994 and subsequently reopened the stores in the first quarter of 1995 under 
the Stage name. In 1993, the year prior to their acquisition, the 
Beall-Ladymon stores generated sales of approximately $53.4 million, whereas 
the newly opened Stage stores in the same locations generated sales for the 
twelve months ended May 4, 1996 of $93.1 million, an increase of 74%. Over 
the same periods, store contribution more than doubled. The Company believes 
that the following key strengths have contributed to its successful expansion 
and acquisition plan: (i) ability to operate profitably in smaller markets, 
(ii) benefits of strong vendor relationships, (iii) effective merchandising 
strategy, (iv) focused marketing strategy, (v) benefits of proprietary credit 
card program, (vi) emphasis on customer service, and (vii) sophisticated 
operating and information systems. 

   On June 3, 1996 the Company consummated the Uhlmans Acquisition for $28.7 
million, including the repayment of certain indebtedness of Uhlmans. For the 
year ended February 3, 1996, Uhlmans had net sales of $59.7 million and 
operating income of $2.2 million. The Company is in the process of 
implementing a consolidation program to absorb the Uhlmans general office 
functions, including accounting, data processing, merchandising, personnel, 
credit and distribution into similar functions provided by the Company. The 
Company estimates that through the Uhlmans Consolidation Plan, cost savings 
of approximately $4.0 million can be realized from the elimination of 
duplicative central, administrative and distribution functions. In addition 
to any improvements in operating results that may be achieved through the 
opportunity to expand the business above its historical levels, the Company 
believes it should be able to receive better pricing and vendor participation 
programs on the merchandise it purchases for the acquired stores given the 
Company's historical ability to negotiate better pricing structures with its 
vendors as compared to those historically obtained by Uhlmans. Additionally, 
the Company intends to introduce certain expanded merchandise categories in 
the acquired stores such as footwear, which Uhlmans has historically offered 
in only certain stores. Finally, the Company believes it should be able to 
increase the penetration of the Company's proprietary credit card as compared 
to historical levels since Uhlmans had not aggressively promoted its 
proprietary credit card. 

   Store Closure Plan. During the fourth quarter of 1994, the Company 
approved the Store Closure Plan which provided for the closure of 40 
underperforming Fashion Bar stores. These stores were primarily located in 
major regional malls within the Denver area. Management determined that the 
merchandising strategy and market positions of such stores were not 
compatible with the Company's overall strategy. Accordingly, the Company 
accrued $5.2 million for the expected costs associated with the Store Closure 
Plan during 1994. The Store Closure Plan was substantially completed in 1995. 

   Accounts Receivable Program. Pursuant to the Accounts Receivable Program, 
the Company sells, on a daily basis, substantially all of the accounts 
receivable generated from purchases by the holders of the Company's 
proprietary credit card to SRPC. SRPC is a separate limited-purpose 
subsidiary that is operated in a manner intended to ensure that its assets 
and liabilities are distinct from those of the Company and its other 
affiliates so that SRPC's creditors have a claim on its assets prior to such 
assets becoming available to any creditor of the Company. SRPC 

                                      30 
<PAGE>
 
sells, on a daily basis, the accounts receivable purchased from the Company 
to the Trust in exchange for cash or a certificate representing an undivided 
interest in the Trust (together with SRPC's interest in receivables 
previously sold to the Trust, the "Retained Interest"). The Company's 
Retained Interest at May 4, 1996 was $48.4 million, which represented 22.3% 
of total receivables outstanding in the Trust. The remaining interest in the 
Trust is held by third-party investors. The Retained Interest is effectively 
subordinated to the interests of such third-party investors, and is pledged 
to secure the SRPC Notes. 

   Prior to the implementation of the Accounts Receivable Program in 1993, 
operating income included all service charge income and servicing costs 
attributable to the Company's accounts receivable and credit card operations. 
The cost of financing the Company's accounts receivable was included in 
interest expense. Subsequent to the implementation of the Accounts Receivable 
Program, service charge income only includes the amount of service charge 
income attributable to the Company's Retained Interest. Additionally, the 
Company's selling, general and administrative expenses are decreased or 
increased by a gain or loss, respectively, on the sale of receivables to the 
Trust. This gain or loss is calculated based upon the projected cash receipts 
from the receivables sold to the Trust (primarily service charge income) and 
reduced by the projected payments of returns to the holders of the Trust 
Certificates, and projected credit expenses. Selling, general and 
administrative expenses are also affected by adjustments to previously 
recorded gains and losses. Bad debt expenses on the Company's entire 
portfolio were reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses 
prior to the adoption of the Accounts Receivable Program. Under the Accounts 
Receivable Program, bad debt expenses remain effectively included in selling, 
general and administrative expenses because they directly affect the 
profitability of the Accounts Receivable Program. 

   The financial information, discussion and analysis that follow should be 
read in conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements 
included elsewhere herein. 

Results of Operations 

   The following sets forth certain components of operations as a percentage 
of sales for the periods indicated. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Fiscal Year                       Three Months Ended 
                                       -----------------------------------------    -------------------------- 
                                                                                     April 29, 
                                        1991     1992     1993     1994     1995        1995       May 4, 1996 
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -----------   ------------ 
<S>                                    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>           <C>
Net sales .........................    100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%      100.0%         100.0% 
Cost of sales and related buying, 
  occupancy and distribution 
  expenses  ........................   (69.7)   (69.4)   (69.0)   (68.6)   (68.6)      (67.5)         (68.1) 
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----       -----          ----- 
Gross profit ......................     30.3     30.6     31.0     31.4     31.4        32.5           31.9 
Selling, general and administrative 
  expenses  ........................   (26.0)   (25.6)   (24.2)   (23.2)   (23.4)      (23.8)         (23.8) 
Service charge income .............      5.1      5.9      3.6      1.5      1.5         1.9            1.8 
Store opening and closure costs ...     (0.1)     --       --      (1.0)    (0.5)       (0.2)           -- 
                                       -----    -----    -----    -----    -----       -----          ----- 
Operating income ..................      9.3     10.8     10.3      8.8      9.0        10.4            9.8 
Net interest expense ..............     (7.5)    (6.3)    (6.5)    (6.9)    (6.4)       (7.4)          (7.1) 
Income before income tax, minority 
  interest and extraordinary item .      1.9      4.1      3.8      1.9      2.6         3.0            2.7 
Income before extraordinary item ..      0.9      2.4      2.4      1.1      1.6         1.7            1.6 
                                       =====    =====    =====    =====    =====       =====          ===== 
Other data: 
Adjusted operating income (1) .....      8.1%     8.7%     8.4%     9.2%     9.4%        9.7%           8.6% 
</TABLE>

- ------------- 

(1) Adjusted operating income represents operating income adjusted to 
    eliminate the income and expense associated with the Company's 
    proprietary credit card program (including the Accounts Receivable 
    Program) and store opening and closure costs. See Note 7 to the Selected 
    Consolidated Historical Financial and Operating Data. 

   Because of the 53-week year in 1995, the Company's quarterly accounting 
periods for 1996 occur one week later than their 1995 counterparts. Other 
factors being equal, this calendar shift, combined with the timing of the 
Company's promotional events and holidays, is likely to affect year-to-year 
comparable store performance for 1996 favorably in the second quarter and 
unfavorably in the third and the fourth quarters. 

                                      31 
<PAGE>
 
Three Months Ended May 4, 1996 compared to Three Months Ended April 29, 1995 

   Sales for the first quarter of 1996 increased 14.6% to $163.2 million from 
$142.4 million in the comparable period of 1995. The increase was due to a 
$13.0 million increase in sales from stores opened during 1996 and 1995 
combined with a 7.4% increase in comparable store sales excluding stores in 
the Store Closure Plan and 6.5% including such stores. The significant 
increase in comparable store sales was primarily attributable to strong 
performance at the Company's Bealls stores combined with a one-week shift in 
the comparable calendar period due to the 53-week year in 1995. 

   Gross profit increased 12.5% to $52.1 million for the first quarter of 
1996, from $46.3 million in the comparable period of 1995. Gross profit as a 
percent of sales for the first quarter of 1996 declined to 31.9% compared to 
32.5% for the comparable period in 1995 due to the favorable impact of vendor 
discount programs to support the opening of 51 new stores during the first 
quarter of 1995 (as compared to 11 new store openings in the first quarter of 
1996) combined with lower markdowns experienced by these stores, as is 
generally the case with newly opened stores during their first six months of 
operations. Such impact was offset in part by benefits from the application 
of fixed buying, occupancy and distribution costs over a larger sales base in 
1996. 

   Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales 
remained unchanged at 23.8% despite the inclusion of a $0.8 million reversal 
of a litigation reserve as a result of a favorable court ruling in the first 
quarter of 1995 and a $1.9 million increase in the level of bad debt expense 
associated with the Company's proprietary credit card program during the 
first quarter of 1996. These were offset by the benefits of applying the 
Company's selling, general and administrative expenses to a larger sales 
volume. Without the reversal of the litigation reserve, selling, general and 
administrative expenses as a percent of sales for the first quarter of 1995 
would have been 24.3%. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the 
first quarter of 1996 increased by 15.1% to $38.9 million from $33.8 million 
for the comparable period in 1995. 

   Service charge income for the first quarter of 1996 increased 7.4% to $2.9 
million from $2.7 million for the comparable period in 1995. Service charge 
income increased due to the increased yield on the accounts receivable 
portfolio resulting primarily from an increase in the late fee charges 
applied to delinquent payments. 

   Operating income for the first quarter of 1996 increased 8.1% to $16.0 
million from $14.8 million for the first quarter of 1995 due to the factors 
described above. 

   Net interest expense for the first quarter of 1996 increased 9.4% to $11.6 
million from $10.6 million for the comparable period in 1995. The increase 
was due to an increase in the accretion on the Senior Discount Debentures as 
well as the issuance of $18.3 million of 11% Series D Senior Subordinated 
Notes in August 1995 (the "Series D Senior Subordinated Notes"). 

   As a result of the foregoing, the Company's net income for the first 
quarter of 1996 increased by 12.5% to $2.7 million from $2.4 million for the 
comparable period in 1995. 

1995 Compared to 1994 

   
   1995 was highlighted by the positive initial results of management's 
growth strategy to expand into small markets. Sales increased 17.4% to $682.6 
million in 1995 from $581.5 million in 1994. This increase was due to (i) a 
$112.5 million increase in sales from stores opened during 1994 and 1995, 
(ii) a 0.8% increase in comparable store sales in 1995 and (iii) $10.0 
million in sales due to the inclusion of one extra week in 1995 as a result 
of 1995 being a 53-week year. Such increases were partially offset by the 
effects of the Store Closure Plan which was substantially completed in 1995. 
During 1995, the devaluation of the Mexican peso, which resulted in extremely 
weak economic conditions throughout Mexico, negatively impacted sales at the 
Company's six stores located on the Texas/Mexico border. Excluding these 
stores, comparable store sales growth for 1995 would have been 3.0%. 
    

   Gross profit increased 17.2% to $214.3 million in 1995 from $182.8 million 
in 1994. Gross profit as a percent of sales was 31.4% for both 1995 and 1994. 
Gross profit for 1995 was favorably impacted by (i) the opening of new 
stores, which traditionally experience lower markdown activity during their 
first six months of operations, (ii) vendor discount programs granted to the 
Company to support new store openings, (iii) the application of buying, 
occupancy and distribution costs over a larger sales base, and (iv) LIFO 
credits. These items were offset by an increase in markdowns resulting from 
additional promotional events during the Christmas season intended to 
increase sales and reduce inventories and an increase in the level of 
shrinkage. Management believes that the increased shrinkage was primarily due 
to the Company's focus on improving ticketing compliance on merchandise 

                                      32 
<PAGE>
 
in 1995 as well as the rapid expansion of stores during the same year. In 
response, management has put several new programs in place, including 
shortage awareness programs, which are intended to return the level of 
shrinkage to historical levels. 
   
   Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of sales were 
23.4% for 1995 and 23.2% for 1994. The increase resulted from incremental 
costs associated with opening stores in new markets, increased costs 
associated with the certificates issued by the Trust to third party investors 
under the Accounts Receivable Program and an increase in the charge-off ratio 
associated with the Company's credit card program (including charge-offs 
resulting from sales of the Mexican border stores) from 6.0% of average 
balances in 1994 to 7.9% in 1995. These increases were partially offset by 
the application of fixed costs to a greater volume of sales and the reversal 
of a $0.8 million litigation reserve as a result of a favorable court ruling. 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for 1995 increased 18.5% to 
$159.6 million from $134.7 million in 1994. Advertising expenses as a 
percentage of sales for 1995 and 1994 were 3.9% and 3.8%, respectively; the 
increase was primarily a result of the Company's expansion into new markets. 
    

   Service charge income for 1995 increased 23.5% to $10.5 million from $8.5 
million in 1994. Such increase was due to an increase in average accounts 
receivable balances resulting from the 17.4% increase in sales discussed 
above, an increase in the late fee rate charged on delinquent accounts as 
well as the fifty-third week of 1995. 

   The 1995 store opening and closure costs of $3.7 million were comprised of 
store opening costs related to 68 new stores. The 1994 store opening and 
closure costs were comprised of a $5.2 million provision for the Store 
Closure Plan and $0.4 million for store opening costs related to 10 new 
stores. 

   Operating income for 1995 increased 20.6% to $61.5 million from $51.0 
million for 1994 due to the factors discussed above. Operating income as a 
percent of sales was 9.0% in 1995 as compared to 8.8% for 1994. 

   Interest expense for 1995 increased 10.0% to $44.0 million from $40.0 
million for 1994. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to an 
increase in the accretion on the Senior Discount Debentures combined with 
interest related to the Series D Senior Subordinated Notes issued in August 
1995. 

   As a result of the factors described above, the Company's net income for 
1995 increased 69.8% to $10.7 million from $6.3 million for 1994. 

1994 Compared to 1993 

   Sales for 1994 increased 4.3% to $581.5 million from $557.4 million for 
1993. The overall increase in sales was a result of a 3.2% increase in 
comparable store sales combined with an increase in sales from new stores 
opened during 1994. 

   Gross profit for 1994 increased 5.9% to $182.8 million from $172.6 million 
in 1993. Gross profit as a percentage of sales for 1994 increased to 31.4% 
from 31.0% for 1993. The increase in the gross profit percentage was due 
primarily to a reduced level of markdowns as a result of better inventory 
management. 

   Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales 
declined to 23.2% in 1994 from 24.2% in 1993. Selling, general and 
administrative expenses for 1994 decreased to $134.7 million from $135.0 
million in 1993. These decreases were primarily due to the sale of accounts 
receivable pursuant to the Accounts Receivable Program that began during 
August 1993, offset in part by an increase in the level of bad debt expense 
associated with the Company's credit card program. Excluding the effect of 
the Accounts Receivable Program, selling, general and administrative expenses 
as a percentage of sales for 1994 would have been 26.1% as compared to 26.4% 
in 1993. Such decrease was due to the Company's ability to effectively manage 
variable selling, general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses 
as a percentage of sales for 1994 and 1993 were 3.8% and 4.0%, respectively, 
a decrease of 0.2%. 

   Service charge income decreased to $8.5 million for 1994 from $20.0 
million for 1993 due to the implementation of the Accounts Receivable 
Program. Without giving effect to the Accounts Receivable Program, 1994 
service charge income would have increased 8.1% from 1993 as a result of an 
increase in average accounts receivable balances due to the increase in sales 
and the purchase of certain accounts receivable from Beall-Ladymon. 

   Store opening and closure costs for 1994 comprised the $5.2 million 
accrual related to the Store Closure Plan and $0.4 million related primarily 
to the 10 stores opened during 1994. 

   Operating income for 1994 decreased 11.1% to $51.0 million from $57.4 
million for 1993. Operating income as a percentage of sales for 1994 
decreased to 8.8% from 10.3% for 1993 as a result of the items discussed 
above. 
                                      33 
<PAGE>
 
Such decreases were due to the $5.2 million provision associated with the 
Store Closure Plan combined with the impact of the implementation of the 
Accounts Receivable Program in 1993 (see Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated 
Financial Statements). Adjusted operating income, which excludes the above 
two factors and store opening costs increased 14.7% to $53.7 million (or 9.2% 
of sales) from $46.8 million (or 8.4% of sales). 

   Net interest expense in 1994 increased 9.9% to $40.0 million from $36.4 
million in 1993. The increase in net interest expense is due to a full year 
of discount accretion in 1994 related to the Senior Discount Debentures 
versus six months of accretion in 1993. Such increase was partially offset by 
a decrease in interest expense due to the purchase and retirement of $20.0 
million of Senior Notes, and by a reduction in interest expense and the 
impact on interest expense of the Accounts Receivable Program adopted in 
1993. 

   As a result of the factors described above, the Company's net income in 
1994 increased to $6.3 million from a net loss of $2.8 million in 1993 which 
included a $16.2 million extraordinary charge associated with the 
Refinancing. 

Seasonality and Inflation 

   The Company's business is seasonal and its quarterly sales and profits 
traditionally are lower during the first three quarters and higher during the 
fourth quarter (November through January). In addition, working capital 
requirements fluctuate throughout the year, increasing substantially in 
October and November in anticipation of the holiday season due to 
requirements for significantly higher inventory levels. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1994                                        1995 
                      ----------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------- 
                         Q1         Q2         Q3         Q4         Q1         Q2         Q3         Q4 
                      -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------   --------- 
                                                      (dollars in thousands) 
<S>                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
Net sales .........  $128,073   $132,060   $134,939   $186,391   $142,353   $154,578   $159,161    $226,532 
Gross profit (1) ..    39,856     39,163     41,110     62,675     46,283     46,555     48,659      72,780 
Operating income ..    11,943     10,576     10,029     18,409     14,835     11,074      9,724      25,853 
Quarters' 
  operating income 
  as a percent of 
  annual income ...        23%        21%        20%        36%        24%        18%        16%         42% 
Income before 
  extraordinary 
  item  ...........  $  1,197   $    463   $     52   $  4,918   $  2,438   $    221   $   (899)   $  8,970 
Net income ........       871        463         90      4,898      2,438        221       (899)      8,970 
Adjusted operating 
  income (2)  .....     9,868      9,081      9,387     25,341     13,797     11,337     10,364      28,498 
</TABLE>

- ------------- 

(1) The Company states its inventories at the lower of cost or market, cost 
    being determined on the last-in first-out method. See Note 1 to the 
    Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. 
(2) Adjusted operating income represents operating income adjusted to 
    eliminate the income and expense associated with the Company's 
    proprietary credit card program (including the Accounts Receivable 
    Program) and store opening and closure costs. 

The Company does not believe that inflation had a material effect on its 
results of operations during the past two years. However, there can be no 
assurance that the Company's business will not be affected by inflation in 
the future. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

   At May 4, 1996, the Company's consolidated long-term debt included $130.0 
million of Senior Notes, $116.6 million of Senior Subordinated Notes, Senior 
Discount Debentures with an accreted value of $113.4 million, and certain 
other debt. See Note 5 to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. 

   On June 3, 1996, the Company purchased Uhlmans for approximately $28.7 
million including the repayment of certain existing indebtedness of Uhlmans. 
The Company, through SRPC, issued $30.0 million in aggregate principal amount 
of SRPC Notes on May 30, 1996. The SRPC Notes are secured by the Company's 
Retained Interest. Interest on the SRPC Notes is payable semi-annually on 
June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 15, 1996 from 
amounts received by SRPC from its Retained Interest. The scheduled 
amortization of principal will commence in December 1999 and is subject to 
the collection experience regarding the receivables underlying the Trust 
Certificates at that time. The Company issued the SRPC Notes to finance the 

                                      34 
<PAGE>
 
Uhlmans Acquisition. The issuance of the SRPC Notes does not impact the 
ability of the Company to issue additional certificates under the Accounts 
Receivable Program to third-party investors. 

   Total working capital of $171.7 million at May 4, 1996 remained 
essentially unchanged from February 3, 1996, although the components of 
working capital including cash, inventory and accounts receivable varied. 
Merchandise inventories increased and cash decreased primarily due to the 
seasonal build in inventories and the opening of 11 stores during the first 
quarter of 1996. Accounts receivable decreased $15.2 million during the first 
quarter of 1996 as a result of the seasonal liquidation of accounts 
receivable generated during the Christmas season. 

   Working capital at February 3, 1996 increased 14.8% to $170.1 million from 
$148.2 million at January 28, 1995. The increase in working capital during 
1995 was primarily the result of an increase in inventories required to 
support the Company's larger store base. 

   The Company's primary capital requirements are for working capital, debt 
service and capital expenditures. Based upon the current capital structure, 
management anticipates interest payments to be approximately $5.8 million 
higher than the 1995 level during 1996 and 1997 due to the issuance of the 
Series D Senior Subordinated Notes and the SRPC Notes. Generally, capital 
expenditures are for new store openings, remodeling of existing stores and 
customary store maintenance. Capital expenditures increased from $19.7 
million during 1994 to $28.6 million during 1995 as a result of opening 68 
new stores during 1995 compared to 10 new stores during 1994. Management 
expects capital expenditures to be approximately $28.0 million during 1996 
consisting primarily of the opening of 35 new stores, the conversion of all 
of the Uhlmans stores to Stage stores, routine store maintenance, store 
remodels and renovations at the corporate headquarters. Required aggregate 
principal payments on debt total $2.4 million during 1996 and 1997. 

   The Company's short-term liquidity needs are provided by (i) existing cash 
balances, (ii) operating cash flows, (iii) the Accounts Receivable Program 
which provides a source of funds from the sale of accounts receivable to the 
Trust and (iv) the Revolving Credit Agreements (as defined below). The 
Company expects to fund its long term liquidity needs from cash flow from 
operations, through the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, the 
securitization of its accounts receivable and bank borrowings. 

   
   The Company has a revolving credit agreement with a bank (the "Revolving 
Credit Agreement") under which it may draw up to $25.0 million. Of this 
amount, up to $15.0 million may be used to support letters of credit. As of 
May 4, 1996, no borrowings were outstanding under the Revolving Credit 
Agreement. As of May 4, 1996, $8.5 million of the total commitment was used 
to collateralize letters of credit resulting in available funds of $16.5 
million. The Company also has a separate agreement with the bank under which 
it may borrow an additional $10.0 million for seasonal working capital needs 
(the "Seasonal Credit Agreement" and together with the Revolving Credit 
Agreement, the "Revolving Credit Agreements"). Funds are available under the 
Seasonal Credit Agreement from August 15 through January 15 of each calendar 
year (the "Seasonal Period"). The Revolving Credit Agreements are available 
through February 3, 1998. During the Seasonal Period, the availability under 
the Revolving Credit Agreements was never less than $11.5 million. 

   SRI is soliciting consents to certain amendments to the indentures 
governing its Senior Notes, its Series B Senior Subordinated Notes and its 
Series D Senior Subordinated Notes to, among other things, increase the 
maximum amount of revolving senior secured borrowing capacity to $40.0 
million (subject to a reduction to $25.0 million for a 45-day period 
annually) and relax the limitations on the incurrence of additional 
indebtedness. 
    

   These amendments are intended to provide the Company with additional 
financial flexibility in meeting its expansion plans and the working capital 
requirements of its growing store base, and are conditioned on the 
consummation of the Offering. 

   Since its inception, the Trust has issued $165.0 million of term 
certificates and a $40.0 million revolving certificate (collectively, the 
"Trust Certificates") representing undivided interests in the Trust. The 
holder of the revolving certificate agreed to purchase interests in the Trust 
equal to the amount of accounts receivable in the Trust above the level 
required (aggregating $200.1 million at May 4, 1996) to support the term 
certificates (and, during the fourth quarter, a seasonal minimum retained 
interest of SRPC), up to a maximum of $40.0 million. If receivable balances 
in the Trust fall below the level required to support the term certificates, 
the seasonal retained interest and revolving certificates, certain principal 
collections may be retained in the Trust until such time as the accounts 
receivable balances exceed the amount of accounts receivable required to 
support the Trust Certificates and any required transferor's interest. SRPC 
receives distributions from the Trust of cash in excess of amounts required 

                                      35 
<PAGE>
 
to satisfy the Trust's obligations to third-party investors on the Trust 
Certificates. Cash so received by SRPC may be used to purchase additional 
accounts receivable from, or make distributions to, the Company after SRPC 
has satisfied its obligations on the SRPC Notes. As of May 4, 1996, the 
outstanding balance under the revolving certificate was $3.7 million. The 
Trust may issue additional series of certificates from time to time on 
various terms. Terms of any future series will be determined at the time of 
issuance. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

   During the first quarter of 1996, the Company adopted Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standard No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of 
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of ("SFAS 121"), 
and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, Accounting for Stock 
Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"). Neither the adoption of SFAS 121 or SFAS 123 
had a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of 
operations. With the adoption of SFAS 123, the Company continues to measure 
compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion 
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and will provide pro forma 
disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the fair value based 
method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied in measuring compensation 
expense in its annual financial statements. 

                                      36 
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS

General 

   The Company operates the store of choice for well known national brand 
name family apparel in over 200 small towns and communities across the 
central United States. The Company has recognized the high level of brand 
awareness and demand for fashionable, quality apparel by consumers in small 
markets and has identified these markets as a profitable and underserved 
niche. The Company has developed a unique franchise focused on small markets, 
differentiating itself from the competition by offering a carefully edited, 
but broad range of merchandise with a high level of customer service in 
convenient locations. Stage Stores' product offerings include fashion 
apparel, accessories, fragrances and cosmetics and footwear for women, men 
and children. Over 85% of 1995 sales consisted of branded merchandise, 
including nationally recognized names such as Levi Strauss, Liz Claiborne, 
Chaps/Ralph Lauren, Calvin Klein, Guess, Hanes, Nike, Reebok and Haggar 
Apparel. 

   
   The Company currently operates 301 stores through its "Stage", "Bealls" 
and "Palais Royal" trade names in 16 states throughout the central United 
States. Approximately 76% of these stores are located in small markets and 
communities with as few as 4,000 people. The Company's store format 
(averaging approximately 18,000 total selling square feet) and merchandising 
capabilities enable the Company to operate profitably in small markets. The 
remainder of the Company's stores operate in metropolitan areas, primarily in 
suburban Houston. For the twelve months ended February 3, 1996, the Company 
would have had pro forma sales and income before extraordinary item of $742.4 
million and $20.7 million, respectively. 
    

   In order to fully realize the potential of its unique market position and 
proven ability to operate profitably in small markets, the Company began 
recruiting a new senior management team commencing in 1993. This new 
management team has (i) initiated an aggressive growth strategy to capitalize 
on available opportunities through new store openings and strategic 
acquisitions in new markets, (ii) refined the Company's retailing concept, 
(iii) implemented new merchandising and operating programs, and (iv) closed 
unprofitable stores. The Company has made substantial progress in 
implementing its growth strategy by opening or acquiring 68 stores in 1995 
and 45 stores to date in 1996, and expects to open approximately 24 
additional stores during the remainder of 1996. In addition, the Company's 
goal is to open approximately 55 new stores in 1997. 

Competitively Well Positioned 

   As a result of its small market focus, Stage Stores generally faces less 
competition for brand name apparel, because consumers in small markets 
generally have only been able to shop for branded merchandise in distant 
regional malls. In those small markets where the Company does compete for 
brand name apparel sales, such competition generally comes from local 
retailers, small regional chains and, to a lesser extent, national department 
stores. The Company believes it has a competitive advantage over local 
retailers and smaller regional chains due to (i) the economies of scale of 
its large store base, (ii) strong vendor relationships which provide it with 
a broad selection of branded merchandise at a lower cost, (iii) a proprietary 
credit card, which enables it to provide an independent source of credit and 
which generates a significant customer database that supports the Company's 
promotion and marketing efforts, and (iv) sophisticated operating systems for 
efficient management. The Company believes it has a competitive advantage in 
small markets over national department stores due to its (i) experience with 
smaller markets, (ii) ability to effectively manage merchandise assortments 
in a small store format, and (iii) operating systems designed for efficient 
management within small markets. In addition, due to minimal merchandise 
overlap, Stage Stores generally does not directly compete for branded apparel 
sales with national discounters such as Wal-Mart. 

Key Strengths 

   The following factors serve as the Company's key strengths and 
distinguishing characteristics. 

   Ability to Operate Profitably in Smaller Markets. The Company has 
recognized that customers in small markets are generally as aware of current 
fashion trends and as sophisticated as consumers in larger urban centers due 
to the proliferation of electronic, computer and print media. However, these 
consumers have not traditionally had convenient access to broad assortments 
of quality, brand name merchandise. The Company operates in small markets 
with populations ranging from 4,000 to 100,000, has developed a store format, 
generally ranging in size from 12,000 to 30,000 square feet, which is smaller 
than typical department stores yet large enough to offer a well edited, but 
broad selection of merchandise. This format has enabled the Company to 
operate profitably in small markets. Historically, the Company has achieved 
higher profit margins in its small market stores. For 1995, store 

                                      37 
<PAGE>
 
contribution (operating profit before allocation of corporate overhead) as a 
percentage of sales for small market stores open for at least one year was 
18%, as compared to 12% for larger market stores. In addition, by operating 
more than 300 stores, the Company benefits from economies of scale in buying 
and merchandising, information systems, distribution and advertising which, 
combined with the lower cost structure of the smaller market stores, has 
resulted in operating margins which are among the highest in the retailing 
industry. 

   Benefits of Strong Vendor Relationships. The Company's large store base 
offers major vendors a unique vehicle for accessing multiple small markets in 
a cost effective manner. The proliferation of media combined with the 
significant national marketing efforts of these vendors has created 
significant demand for branded merchandise in small markets. However, the 
financial and other limitations of many local retailers has left large 
national brands with limited access to such markets. Furthermore, these large 
vendors generally do not sell through national discounters in order to 
preserve their brand image. The Company's new management team recognized this 
significant opportunity and continuously seeks to expand its vendor base and 
has recently added nationally recognized name brands such as Polo, Dockers 
for Women and Oshkosh, as well as fragrances by Elizabeth Arden, Liz 
Claiborne and Perry Ellis during 1996. In addition, the Company has also 
increased the participation by key vendors in joint marketing programs to a 
level that the Company believes exceeds the standard vendor programs provided 
to its smaller competitors. For example, the Company is among the largest 
customers of Levi Strauss, Liz Claiborne and Haggar Apparel and enjoys 
significant support from such vendors in sales promotions, advertising and 
store fixture programs. 

   Effective Merchandising Strategy. The Company's merchandising strategy is 
based on an in-depth understanding of its customers and is designed to 
accommodate the particular demographic profile of each store. This 
understanding is attributable to over 70 years of experience operating in its 
markets coupled with 42 buyers who average approximately 10 years of service 
with the Company. Store layouts and visual merchandising displays are 
designed to create a friendly, modern and convenient department store 
atmosphere which is frequently not found in small markets. The Company's 
strategy focuses on moderately priced merchandise categories which have 
traditionally yielded attractive margins. The Company offers an edited 
assortment of quality, moderately priced merchandise that is divided into 
distinct departments including misses, women's, men's, boy's, footwear, 
intimate apparel, junior's, children's, accessories, cosmetics, fragrances 
and gifts. 

   To augment its branded merchandise offerings, the Company also offers a 
quality assortment of higher margin, private label merchandise which 
comprises less than 15% of total sales. The Company's private label 
merchandise includes its highly successful Graphite(R) label for apparel, 
accessories and footwear as well as its new Whispers(R) line of bath and body 
products and intimate apparel. The Company procures the majority of its 
private label merchandise through AMC, a cooperative buying service whose 
participants include nationally recognized retailers, such as Federated 
Department Stores. 

   The Company also utilizes a sophisticated merchandise allocation and 
transfer system which is designed to maximize in-stock positions, increase 
sales and reduce markdowns. The Company believes that the combination of the 
size and experience of its buyer group, its vendor relationships, its strong 
merchandising systems and its participation in AMC allow the Company to 
compete effectively on both price and selection in its markets. 

   Focused Marketing Strategy. The Company's primary target customers are 
women between the ages of 20 and 55 with household incomes over $25,000 who 
are the primary decision makers for family clothing purchases. The Company 
uses a multi-media advertising approach, including newspaper, radio, direct 
mail and television, to position its store as the local destination for 
fashionable, brand name merchandise. In addition, the Company heavily 
promotes its proprietary credit card in order to create customer loyalty and 
to effectively identify its core customers. The Company believes it is better 
able to maintain personal contact with its customers due to the small size of 
its markets, aggressive advertising strategy and well-developed corporate 
customer service programs designed to encourage a high level of customer 
interaction. Stage Stores seeks to enhance its image in the communities it 
serves by encouraging its store managers and employees to be involved in 
local activities such as youth groups, civic activities and athletic events. 

   Benefits of Proprietary Credit Card Program. The Company aggressively 
promotes its proprietary credit card and, as a result, experiences a higher 
percentage of proprietary credit card sales (55.6% of net sales in 1995) than 
most retailers. The Company considers its credit card program to be a 
critical component of its retailing concept because it (i) enhances customer 
loyalty by providing customers with a service that few of its local and 
regional 

                                      38 
<PAGE>
 
competitors or discounters offer, (ii) allows the Company to identify and 
regularly contact its best customers, and (iii) helps create a comprehensive 
database that allows the Company to implement detailed, segmented marketing 
and merchandising strategies for each store. In addition, the Company has 
established a VIP program which offers special services and benefits to 
customers with credit card purchases over $750 annually. VIP customers are 
rewarded with certain extra services such as free gift-wrapping, emergency 
check cashing, free credit card registration, discounts on alterations, and 
other benefits. While these customers only represent approximately 9.5% of 
total active cardholders, credit sales to these customers during 1995 
comprised 36.6% of total cardholder sales. Sales associates are encouraged to 
focus their selling efforts on these customers to increase the productivity 
of the Company's marketing efforts. 

   Emphasis on Customer Service. A primary corporate objective is to provide 
excellent customer service through stores staffed with highly trained and 
motivated sales associates. All sales associates are evaluated based upon the 
attainment of specific customer service standards such as offering prompt 
assistance, suggesting complementary items, sending thank-you notes to charge 
customers and establishing consistent contact with customers in order to 
create a customer base for each associate. The Company continuously monitors 
the quality of its service by making over 3,000 calls each month to its 
credit card customers who have recently made a purchase. The results of these 
surveys are used to determine a portion of each store manager's bonus. In 
addition, the Company has extended this service philosophy to the design of 
the store; for example, in nearly all stores it has installed call buttons in 
the fitting rooms and in smaller market stores, has adopted a "Team One" 
concept which locates the store manager on the selling floor. The Team One 
concept is also designed to help the store manager ensure that sales 
associates focus on selling and customer service. 

   Sophisticated Operating and Information Systems. The Company supports its 
retail concept with highly automated, sophisticated and integrated systems in 
areas such as merchandising, distribution, sales promotions, credit, 
personnel management, store design and accounting. The Company's 
merchandising systems assist merchandise planners in allocating merchandise 
assortments for each store based on specific characteristics and recent sales 
trends. The Company's point of sale systems include bar code scanning, 
electronic credit and check authorization, all of which allow the Company to 
capture customer specific sales data for use in its merchandising system. 
Other systems allow the Company to identify and mark down slow moving 
merchandise or efficiently transfer it to stores selling such items more 
rapidly, and to maintain high levels of in-stock positions in basic items 
including jeans and hosiery through such systems as base stock replenishment. 
The Company is focused on expanding its use of electronic data interchange 
(EDI) and has made significant progress in doing so over the last two years. 
These systems have enabled the Company to efficiently manage its inventory, 
improve sales productivity, reduce costs, which have contributed to the 
Company's relatively high operating income margins. The Company has developed 
and utilizes an automated store personnel scheduling system that analyzes 
historical hourly and projected sales trends to efficiently schedule sales 
personnel. This system is designed to minimize labor costs while producing a 
higher level of customer service. 

Growth Strategy 

   In order to fully realize the potential of its unique market position and 
proven ability to operate profitably in small markets, the Company, through 
its new management team, has (i) initiated an aggressive growth strategy to 
capitalize on available opportunities through new store openings and 
acquisitions and (ii) refined its retailing concept to focus on very small 
markets with populations of less than 12,000. 

   New Store Openings in Smaller Markets.  The Company opened 23 new stores 
and 45 acquired stores in 1995, has opened 11 new stores and acquired 34 
stores to date in 1996, and expects to open approximately 24 additional new 
stores during the remainder of 1996. In addition, the Company's goal is to 
open approximately 55 new stores in 1997. Since 1994, store additions have 
allowed the Company to begin operating in 10 additional states. As part of 
new management's ongoing expansion strategy, the Company has identified over 
600 additional markets in the central United States and contiguous states 
which meet the Company's demographic and competitive criteria. All of these 
target markets are smaller communities, where the Company has historically 
experienced its highest profit margins. In addition, the Company believes it 
has a competitive advantage over local retailers in these markets which are 
typically underserved by department stores. Based on the Company's historical 
operating experience, small market stores typically experience lower 
incremental opening costs and lower occupancy and operating expenses than 
larger markets. When combined with the Company's operating systems in 
merchandising, credit, distribution and store personnel scheduling, the 
smaller market stores have typically generated higher 

                                      39 
<PAGE>
 
margins than metropolitan market stores. For 1995, store contribution as a 
percentage of sales for small market stores open for at least one year was 
18% as compared to 12% for larger market stores. 

   The Company utilizes a proprietary model which is designed to allow 
management to identify suitable markets for new stores. The Company targets 
communities for new store openings with populations generally ranging from 
12,000 to 30,000, an average household income of $25,000 or more, and which 
are located at least 30 miles from the nearest regional mall. Such locations 
generally face limited competition from national retailers. In addition to 
satisfying the above criteria, only those markets that management believes 
have the potential to exceed certain minimum sales and profitability 
standards and have available, suitable, low cost real estate are selected for 
new store openings. Historically, the Company's new store model has 
conservatively forecasted sales based on the above factors. 

   In opening a new store, the Company's investment consists primarily of 
inventory, net of vendor payables, and furniture, fixtures, equipment and 
leasehold improvements. For the Company's stores opened in 1995, inventory 
investment per store was approximately $450,000, with average vendor payables 
equal to approximately $110,000 for a net investment per store of 
approximately $340,000 and investment in furniture, fixtures, equipment and 
leasehold improvement was approximately $313,000 per store. In addition, 
pre-opening expenses (which are deferred and expensed in the fiscal year the 
store opens) for the new stores opened in 1995 averaged approximately $60,000 
per new store. 

   Strategic Acquisitions.  The Company believes that it can benefit from 
strategic acquisitions by (i) applying its buying and merchandising 
capabilities, sales promotion techniques and customer service methods, (ii) 
introducing its proven management systems and (iii) consolidating overhead 
functions. The Company believes that such actions have allowed it to improve 
the overall profitability of acquired retailers. 

   The Company believes that numerous acquisition opportunities are available 
in its target markets on favorable terms due in part to (i) financially 
weakened local retailers and regional chains which, due to their lack of 
merchandise differentiation, have been adversely impacted by national 
discounters, (ii) the limited exit strategies available to owners of regional 
chains who wish to sell, (iii) the relatively limited availability of 
favorable credit terms from vendors/factors and (iv) competitive pressures 
created by cost effective retailers such as Stage Stores. 

   This strategy has been successfully demonstrated by the Company's 
acquisition of 45 stores from Beall- Ladymon in 1994 and the subsequent 
reopening of the stores in the first quarter of 1995 under the Stage name. In 
1993, the year prior to their acquisition, the Beall-Ladymon stores generated 
sales of $53.4 million, whereas the newly opened Stage stores in the same 
locations generated sales for the twelve months ended May 4, 1996 of $93.1 
million, an increase of 74%. Over the same periods, store contribution more 
than doubled. 

   In June 1996, the Company acquired Uhlmans, a privately held apparel 
retailer with 34 locations in Ohio, Indiana and Michigan, where the Company 
previously had no stores. These stores are of similar size and merchandise 
content to the Company's existing stores and are compatible with the 
Company's retailing concept and growth strategy. Uhlmans generated 1995 sales 
of $59.7 million. The Company believes significant opportunities are 
available to improve Uhlmans' financial results through the expansion of 
certain merchandise categories, the Company's lower merchandising costs, 
increased proprietary credit card-based sales, the implementation of the 
Company's operating systems and the elimination of overlapping administrative 
costs. See "Risk Factors--Future Growth and Recent Acquisitions." 

   Expansion to Micromarkets. The Company recently began targeting its small 
market retailing concept toward communities with populations ranging from 
4,000 to 12,000 with stores of less than 12,000 gross square feet. These 
efforts are designed to build on the Company's favorable operating experience 
in markets of this size. Stage Stores believes that micromarkets may offer a 
significant additional avenue for potential growth, because it can 
successfully apply its existing store model in those micromarkets due to its 
ability to scale its store concept to the appropriate size, the generally 
lower levels of competition and low labor and occupancy costs. The Company 
has identified 1,200 such potential sites in and around the central United 
States and contiguous states. 

                                      40 
<PAGE>
 
Company Operations 

   Merchandise Purchasing and Allocation. The Company offers a select 
assortment of quality, moderately priced soft goods, which are divided into 
departments including misses, women's, men's, boys, juniors, children's, 
intimate, petites, accessories, cosmetics, fragrances, gifts and footwear 
departments. Merchandise mix may vary significantly from store to store to 
accommodate differing demographic factors. The Company modifies its 
assortments to focus on merchandise its buyers expect will have the broadest 
appeal to its targeted customers based upon sales analyses and individual 
store attributes. 

   
   The Company purchases merchandise from a vendor base of over 2,000 
suppliers. The Company's leading vendors for 1995 were Levi Strauss, Liz 
Claiborne, Haggar Apparel, Guess, Hanes, Nike, Chorus Line, Parson Place and 
Reebok. The Company was one of Levi Strauss's top ten customers in 1995. No 
one supplier accounted for more than 9% of the Company's 1995 purchases. The 
Company is also a member of the cooperative buying service AMC, and as such 
is entitled to make purchases of imported merchandise for its private label 
program. The membership provides the Company with group purchasing 
opportunities. Private label products result in better gross margins for the 
Company and excellent value for the customer as a result of the lower cost of 
such apparel as compared to branded items in the same categories. Private 
label purchases were approximately 8%, 10% and 11% of total purchases in 
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The Company currently intends to keep 
private label merchandise sales below 15% of total sales in order to focus on 
sales of branded merchandise. 
    

   Set forth below is certain information regarding the percentage of net 
sales by major merchandise departments for the Company for 1994 and 1995. 

Department                    1994     1995 
- ----------                    ----     ---- 
Mens and Young Men ......      20%       22% 
Misses Sportswear .......      15        15 
Juniors .................      15        13 
Accessories and Gifts ...      10         9 
Children ................       9         9 
Footwear ................       8         8 
Intimate ................       6         6 
Special Sizes ...........       5         5 
Cosmetics ...............       4         5 
Misses Dresses ..........       4         4 
Boys ....................       3         3 
Furs and Coats ..........       1         1 
                              ---       --- 
 Total ..................     100%      100% 
                              ===       === 

   The Company's integrated merchandising systems are designed to provide its 
buyers with the information and analytical support needed to maximize 
efficiency, increase sales, reduce markdowns and increase inventory turnover 
through better inventory management. These systems include, among others: (i) 
an automated merchandise, financial planning and allocation system which 
recognizes the attributes and current merchandise needs of each store; (ii) a 
staple stock replenishment system to ensure the Company is in stock on basic 
items such as hosiery, foundation garments, dress shirts and jeans; (iii) 
markdown and merchandise transfer analysis; and (iv) an assortment planning 
system which enables the Company to closely tailor the merchandise assortment 
in each store based on local demographics and historical trends and 
automatically allocate merchandise accordingly. In addition, electronic 
point-of-sale ("POS") terminals at each store record and transmit to the 
Company's corporate headquarters a real time, full accounting of each day's 
sales by transaction and item. The Company utilizes its information systems 
to monitor slow and fast moving merchandise for the purpose of enabling the 
Company to transfer slower moving merchandise from one store to another store 
where such merchandise is selling more rapidly. The Company believes that its 
inventory transfer system improves in-stock positions, increases sales and 
reduces markdowns, thereby increasing profit margins. 

   Credit Services. The Company offers its own private label credit card 
program, which enhances the Company's relationship with core customers by 
tailoring credit availability to individual customers and facilitating 
frequent communication of promotional offering. The number of private label 
credit accounts and dollar volume of charges reflects an important element in 
the Company's marketing strategy. The Company believes that private label 
credit card holders shop more regularly and purchase more merchandise than 
customers who pay cash or use bankcards. In addition, the Company maintains a 
database of all proprietary charge purchases of these customers. 

                                      41 
<PAGE>
 
Management believes that this data base is a significant competitive 
advantage over competitors who lack such programs, allowing the Company to 
target promotional material, via direct mail, to its regular customers. At 
May 4, 1996, there were more than 1.5 million active accounts. Private label 
credit card purchases generated approximately 55.6% of net sales in 1995. The 
Company seeks to expand the volume of such credit card purchases through a 
marketing strategy emphasizing (i) direct mail of promotional materials to 
existing cardholders to communicate new merchandise offerings, (ii) promotion 
of customer incentive programs and (iii) the issuance of new credit through 
the opening of new accounts and extension of credit on existing accounts. It 
is the Company's policy to expand the number and use of private label credit 
card accounts on a controlled basis by utilizing computerized systems such as 
point-scoring for approving new accounts and behavioral scoring for 
monitoring account performance and approving additional purchases. 

   The Company administers its private label credit card program through a 
dedicated in-house facility and staff located in Jacksonville, Texas. The 
Company's internally developed, fully computerized and highly automated 
credit systems analyze customer payment histories, automatically approve or 
reject new sales at point of sale and enable account representatives to 
efficiently manage delinquent account collections. 

   Management Information Systems. In addition to its merchandising systems 
described above, the Company relies on proprietary management information 
systems to maximize productivity and minimize costs in the other 
labor-intensive areas of its business, including distribution, personnel 
management, credit and accounting. In each store, the Company's POS system 
uses bar code scanning and includes electronic credit and check 
authorization. The Company has made substantial investments in its systems 
and utilizes a central mainframe computer to coordinate store level 
information and to support almost every aspect of the business. By linking 
the corporate headquarters with each store, the Company's systems allow the 
merchandising department to track sales of all items at all stores at any 
time and enable immediate POS credit approval for the use of private label 
credit cards. These systems have enabled the Company to better manage and 
plan its inventory while reducing costs and have contributed to the Company's 
relatively high operating margins. 

   Distribution. The Company's 450,000 square foot automated and centralized 
distribution center in Jacksonville, Texas enables it to distribute most 
merchandise within 48 hours of receipt and has the current capacity (with 
minimal incremental investment) to support in excess of 800 stores. The 
Company's centralized distribution system results in more efficient 
distribution costs per unit, lower freight costs and reduced accounts payable 
processing costs than certain of the Company's competitors. In 1995, the 
Company entered into an arrangement with a major freight forwarder for the 
delivery of merchandise from the distribution center to all of the Company's 
stores on a daily basis. This arrangement is a more cost-efficient method of 
distribution than the Company's previous method of multiple common carriers. 
Distribution expenses, net of handling fees charged to vendors, were less 
than 0.5% of net sales in each of 1994 and 1995, which the Company believes 
is below industry averages. 

Competition 

   The retail apparel business is highly competitive. Retailers generally 
compete on the basis of convenience of location, merchandise selection, 
service and price. Although competition varies widely from market to market, 
the Company faces substantial competition, particularly in metropolitan 
markets, from national, regional and local department and specialty stores. 
Some of the Company's competitors are considerably larger than the Company 
and have substantially greater financial and other resources than the 
Company. The Company believes that its distinctive retail concept, combined 
with its emphasis on operating systems and technology, distinguishes it from 
department store and specialty store competitors, especially in small 
markets. The Company believes that its knowledge of small markets has enabled 
it to establish a strong franchise in those markets. 

Employees 

   During 1995, the Company employed an average of 9,946 employees, of which 
1,069 were salaried and 8,877 were hourly. The central offices (which 
includes corporate, credit and distribution center offices) averaged 296 
salaried and 684 hourly employees during 1995. In its stores, the Company 
employed an average of 773 salaried and 8,193 hourly employees during 1995. 
Such averages will vary during the year as the Company traditionally hires 
additional employees and increases the hours of part-time employees during 
peak seasonal selling periods. At May 31, 1996, the Company employed 10,105 
employees, including 980 central employees and 921 employees acquired in 
connection with the Uhlmans Acquisition. There are no collective bargaining 
agreements in effect with respect to any of the Company's employees. The 
Company believes that it has a good relationship with its employees. 

                                      42 

<PAGE>
 
   The Company has implemented performance monitoring systems designed to assure
achievement of selling and service standards at the store level. Most of the
Company's sales associates participate in incentive-based compensation programs
with objectives that are defined at the individual department and store level.
During 1995, 95% of all Company personnel participated in incentive and
recognition programs based on individual performance.

Properties 

   The Company's corporate headquarters is located in a 130,000 gross square 
foot building in Houston, Texas. The Company leases the land and building at 
its Houston facility. See "Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions--Transactions with Management." The Company owns its 
distribution center and its credit department facility, both located in 
Jacksonville, Texas. In connection with the Uhlmans Acquisition, the Company 
acquired 34 stores, all of which are leased. 

   The Company currently operates stores located in the following states and 
expects to open stores in Arizona, South Dakota, Minnesota and Nebraska 
during 1996: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Number of Stores (1) 
                    ----------------------------------
                    Year End     Year End     June 25, 
 Location             1994          1995        1996 
- ---------------     ---------    ---------   ---------
<S>                   <C>          <C>          <C>
Alabama .......         3            3            3 
Arkansas ......        --           12           13 
Colorado ......        11           12           11 
Illinois ......        --            5           11 
Indiana (2) ...        --           --            2 
Iowa ..........        --            3            4 
Kansas ........        --            2            2 
Louisiana .....        --           26           26 
Michigan (2) ..        --           --            6 
Mississippi ...        --            6            7 
Missouri ......         1            4            4 
New Mexico ....         8            8            9 
Ohio (2) ......        --           --           26 
Oklahoma ......        11           13           13 
Texas .........       153          161          162 
Wyoming .......         1            1            1 
                      ---          ---          --- 
 Total ........       188          256          300 
                      ===          ===          === 
</TABLE>
- ------------- 
(1) Excluding the stores included in the Store Closure Plan. 
(2) Represents stores acquired in connection with the Uhlmans Acquisition. 

   Stores range in size from 4,000 to 46,000 selling square feet with the 
majority between 12,000 and 30,000 selling square feet. In general, Bealls 
stores are located in small markets primarily in Texas, Oklahoma and New 
Mexico, Stage stores are located in small markets in states other than Texas, 
Oklahoma and New Mexico and Palais Royal stores are located in metropolitan 
Houston and suburban areas. These stores are primarily located in strip 
shopping centers. All store locations are leased except for three Bealls 
stores and two Stage stores that are owned. All leases provide for a base 
rent amount plus contingent rentals, generally based upon a percentage of 
gross sales. The recently acquired Uhlmans stores, the majority of which will 
be operated by the Company as Stage stores, range in size between 4,100 and 
32,900 selling square feet, with the majority between 12,000 and 20,000 
selling square feet. 

Litigation 

   From time to time the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various 
litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of its business. Management 
believes that none of the matters in which the Company or its subsidiaries 
are currently involved, either individually or in the aggregate, is material 
to the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company 
or its subsidiaries. 

                                      43 
<PAGE>
 
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers 

   The directors and executive officers of the Company and their respective 
ages and positions are as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Name                  Age                        Position 
 ----                  ---                        -------- 
<S>                    <C>    <C>
Bernard Fuchs(1)       69     Chairman and Director 

Carl Tooker            48     Chief Executive Officer, President and Director 

Mark Shulman           47     Executive Vice President/Chief Merchandising 
                              Officer 
  
James Marcum           36     Executive Vice President/Chief Financial 
                              Officer 

Stephen Lovell         40     Executive Vice President/Director of Stores 

Ron Lucas              49     Senior Vice President/Human Resources 

Jerry Ivie             63     Senior Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer 

Joshua Bekenstein(1)   37     Director  
  
Adam Kirsch(2)         34     Director 

Peter Mulvihill(2)     37     Director 

Lasker Meyer           70     Director 
</TABLE>

- ------------- 
(1) Member of Compensation Committee. 

(2) Member of Audit Committee. 

   The Company expects to expand the size of the Board to add three 
directorships in 1996, at least two of which will be filled with independent, 
outside directors. 

   The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a 
Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee oversees actions taken by the 
Company's independent auditors, recommends the engagement of auditors and 
reviews the Company's internal accounting policies and practices. The 
Compensation Committee approves the compensation of executives of the 
Company, makes recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to 
standards for setting compensation levels and administers the Company's 
incentive plans. 

   Mr. Fuchs has been involved in retailing since 1944. He began his career 
with Grayson Shops of California and subsequently served as Executive Vice 
President and Chief Operating Officer of S. Klein in New York from 1960 
through 1967. He came to Palais as Executive Vice President and Chief 
Operating Officer in 1967 and became President and Chief Executive Officer in 
1979. Mr. Fuchs was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and 
SRI from December 1988 until July 1994 when Mr. Tooker was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer. Mr. Fuchs continues to serve as Chairman. 

   Mr. Tooker joined the Company as a Director, President and Chief Operating 
Officer on July 1, 1993. On July 1, 1994, Mr. Tooker was appointed Chief 
Executive Officer. Mr. Tooker has 24 years of experience in the retail 
industry, 18 of which were spent in the May Co. where he served as Chairman 
and Chief Operating Officer of Filene's of Boston from 1988 to 1990. In 1990, 
Mr. Tooker joined Rich's, a division of Federated Department Stores, Inc., as 
President and Chief Operating Officer, and in 1991 Mr. Tooker was promoted to 
Chief Executive Officer of Rich's where he served until joining the Company 
in 1993. 

   Mr. Shulman joined the Company in January 1994 as Executive Vice President 
and Chief Merchandising Officer with 24 years of retailing experience. Prior 
to joining the Company, Mr. Shulman held varying positions with 
Bloomingdales, Rikes and I. Magnin, all of which are divisions of Federated 
Department Stores, Inc. Mr. Shulman served as President and CEO of Ann Taylor 
from 1985 to 1987, President and Chief Executive Officer 

                                      44 
<PAGE>
 
of Henri Bendel (a division of the Limited) from 1987 to 1990, President and 
Chief Operating Officer of Bonjour, Inc. from 1990 to 1992, and president of 
Leslie Fay Dress Division from 1992 to 1994. 

   Mr. Marcum joined the Company in June 1995 as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Marcum held 
various positions at the Melville Corporation where he was employed since 
1983 and where he served as Treasurer from 1986 to 1989, Vice President and 
Controller of Marshalls, Inc., a division of the Melville Corporation, from 
1989 to 1990 and from 1990 to 1995 as Senior Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of Marshalls, Inc. From 1980 to 1983, Mr. Marcum was 
employed at Coopers and Lybrand L.L.P. 

   Mr. Lovell joined the Company in June 1995 as Executive Vice President and 
Director of Stores. Before joining the Company, Mr. Lovell served in various 
positions at Hit or Miss, a division of TJX Companies, where he was employed 
since 1980 and where he served since January 1987 as Senior Vice President 
and Director of Stores. 

   Mr. Lucas joined the Company in July 1995 as Senior Vice President, Human 
Resources. Between 1987 and 1995, Mr. Lucas served as Vice President, Human 
Resources at two different divisions of Limited, Inc., the Limited Stores 
Division and Lane Bryant. Previously, he spent seventeen years at the Venture 
Stores Division of May Co. where from 1985 to 1987 he was Vice President, 
Organization Development. 

   Mr. Ivie has served as Senior Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer of 
the Company since December 1988. Between 1976 and 1990, he served in various 
capacities with Palais. From 1959 to 1976, Mr. Ivie was employed in the 
finance department of Burdine's, a division of Federated Department Stores, 
Inc. 

   Mr. Bekenstein has been a director since December 1988 and was Vice 
Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Financial Officer of the Company 
from May 1992 until June 1995 when Mr. Marcum was appointed Chief Financial 
Officer. In March 1996, Mr. Bekenstein resigned as Vice Chairman. Mr. 
Bekenstein continues to serve as a director. Mr. Bekenstein has been a 
Managing Director of Bain Capital, Inc. since May 1993 and a General Partner 
of Bain Venture Capital since its inception in 1987. Mr. Bekenstein also 
currently serves on the Board of Directors of Waters Corporation. 

   Mr. Kirsch has been a Managing Director of Bain Capital, Inc. since May 
1993 and a General Partner of Bain Venture Capital since 1990 and was an 
associate and principal of Bain from 1987 to 1990. Mr. Kirsch also currently 
serves as a director of Brookstone, Inc., Duane Reade Holding Corp., Dade 
Holdings Inc. and the Wesley-Jessen Corporation. 

   Mr. Mulvihill has been a director since December 1988. Mr. Mulvihill has 
served as a Managing Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (the management 
company for Acadia) since 1993. From June 1987 to 1993, Mr. Mulvihill worked 
for and was associated with Rosecliff, Inc. (the predecessor of Oak Hill). 
Prior to joining Rosecliff, Mr. Mulvihill was an investment banker with 
Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated in the corporate finance department from 
1985 to 1987. Mr. Mulvihill also serves as a director of Harvest Foods, Inc., 
an Arkansas-based grocery chain. 

   Mr. Meyer served as Vice-Chairman and Chief Merchandising Officer of SRI 
from May 1989 until he retired in December 1993. Mr. Meyer has been a 
director since 1988. Mr. Meyer was at Foley's from 1959 until 1987, when he 
retired from his position as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. 

   At present, all Directors are elected and serve until a successor is duly 
elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or 
removal. Currently, certain members of the Board of Directors are elected 
pursuant to a stockholders agreement, which will be terminated upon 
completion of the Offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions." There are no family relationships between any of the Directors 
or executive officers of the Company. Following the consummation of the 
Offering each director shall serve until the following annual meeting when a 
successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, 
resignation or removal. 

                                      45 
<PAGE>
 
Executive Compensation 

                          Summary Compensation Table 

   The following summarizes the principal components of compensation of the 
Company's Chief Executive Officer and the four highest compensated executive 
officers. The compensation set forth below fully reflects compensation for 
work performed on behalf of the Company. 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Long-Term 
                                                                                   Compensation 
                                                     Annual Compensation              Awards 
                                               --------------------------------    ------------ 
                                                                      Other 
                                                                     Annual         Securities     All Other 
                                      Fiscal    Salary    Bonus    Compensation      Underlying       Comp. 
Name and Principal Position            Year      ($)      ($)          ($)        Options/SARs(#)     ($) (1) 
- -----------------------------------   ------  --------  --------   -------------   ---------------  ---------- 
<S>                                    <C>    <C>       <C>         <C>                <C>             <C>
Bernard Fuchs,                                                         
  Chairman and                         1995   437,500   28,870        189,375(2)           --            252
  Director  ........................   1994   450,000   65,265         35,625(3)           --          1,260
                                       1993   450,000   59,200      3,713,000(4)       193,570         1,260

Carl Tooker, 
  President,                           1995   538,416   43,305         67,600(5)            --            87
  Chief Executive Officer and          1994   468,750   56,128         67,600(5)        49,129           174
  Director  ........................   1993   247,916   75,000        132,116(6)       196,518            --

Mark Shulman,                          1995   302,082   75,000          9,600(7)        14,738           783
  Executive Vice President and         1994   276,614   41,250        393,984(8)        98,259           160
  Chief Merchandising Officer  .....   1993        --       --             --               --            --

James Marcum,                          1995   183,333   55,000        184,722(9)        98,259           173
  Executive Vice President and         1994        --       --             --               --            --
  Chief Financial Officer  .........   1993        --       --             --               --            --

Stephen Lovell,                        1995   183,333   55,000        173,535(10)       73,694           268
  Executive Vice President,            1994        --       --             --               --            --
  Director of Stores  ..............   1993        --       --             --               --            --
</TABLE>
    
- ------------- 
 (1) Amounts shown for 1995 reflect premiums paid for life insurance 
     coverage. 

 (2) Amount shown reflects a distribution related to options vested of 
     $35,625 and the value realized upon the exercise of options for Common 
     Stock of $153,750. Value realized is based upon the fair market value of 
     the stock at the exercise date minus the exercise price. 

 (3) Amount shown reflects a distribution related to options vested. 

 (4) Amount shown reflects the value realized upon the exercise of options 
     for Common Stock. Value realized is based upon the fair market value of 
     the stock at the exercise date minus the exercise price. 

 (5) Amount shown reflects a distribution related to options vested of 
     $38,000 and housing and automobile allowances of $29,600 paid to Mr. 
     Tooker during 1994 and 1995. 

 (6) Amount shown reflects moving expenses of $114,861 and housing and 
     automobile allowances of $17,255 paid to Mr. Tooker during 1993. 

 (7) Amount shown reflects housing and automobile allowances paid to Mr. 
     Shulman during 1995. 

 (8) Amount shown reflects moving expenses of $385,184 and housing and 
     automobile allowances of $8,800 paid to Mr. Shulman during 1994. 

 (9) Amount shown reflects moving expenses paid to Mr. Marcum during 1995. 

(10) Amount shown reflects moving expenses of $167,935 and housing and 
     automobile allowances of $5,600 paid to Mr. Lovell during 1995. 

                                      46 
<PAGE>
 
                     Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

   The following discloses options granted during 1995 for the executives 
named in the compensation table above. 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Individual Grants                           Potential Realizable 
                   -----------------------------------------------------         Value at Assumed Annual 
                   Number of     % of Total                                 Rates of Stock Price Appreciation
                   Securities    Options/SARs                                        for Option Term 
                    Underlying    Granted to                                ---------------------------------
                   Options/SARs   Employees in    Exercise of   Expiration    5% Annual       10% Annual      
     Name          Granted(#)(1) Fiscal Year (%) Base Price ($)    Date     Growth Rate ($) Growth Rate ($) 
- --------------     ------------- --------------  -------------- ----------  --------------- ----------------- 
<S>                 <C>             <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
Mark Shulman ....   14,738           3.5           2.93         6/10/05        27,000          68,850 
James Marcum ....   98,259          23.2           2.93         6/01/05       180,000         459,000 
Stephen Lovell ..   73,694          17.4           2.93         6/01/05       135,000         344,250 
</TABLE>
    
- ------------- 
(1) All of such options were granted under the 1993 Option Plan (as defined). 
    The options granted under such plan are subject to vesting and repurchase 
    provisions upon termination of employment. 

             Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year 
                    and Fiscal Year End Option/SAR Values 

   The following summarizes exercises of stock options (granted in prior 
years) during 1995 by the executives named in the compensation table above in 
the past year, as well as the number and value of all unexercised options 
held by the named officers at the end of 1995. 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Number of 
                                          Securities 
                                           Underlying      Value of Unexercised
                                          Unexercised         In-the-Money 
                                         Options/SARs at     Options/SARs at 
                                            FY-End (#)        FY-End ($)(2) 
                                         ---------------   ------------------ 
                    Shares      Value    
                  Acquired on  Realized   Exercisable/       Exercisable/ 
     Name         Exercise (#)  ($)(1)   Unexercisable      Unexercisable 
- -------------     ------------ --------  -------------     ------------------ 
<S>                 <C>         <C>      <C>                <C>
Bernard Fuchs ...   82,930      153,750   46,083/64,556      210,540/264,120 
Carl Tooker .....       --           --  88,433/157,214      420,000/702,000 
Mark Shulman ....       --           --   39,303/73,694      114,000/202,800 
James Marcum ....       --           --        -/98,259            -/212,000 
Stephen Lovell ..       --           --        -/73,694            -/159,000 
</TABLE>
    
- ------------- 
(1) Value is based upon the fair market value of the stock at the applicable 
    date minus the exercise price (the "Fair Market Value"). Fair Market 
    Value has been determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based 
    upon historical and projected financial performance. 

(2) Value is based upon the Fair Market Value of the stock as of February 3, 
    1996 minus the exercise price. 

Compensation of Directors 

   During 1995, Mr. Meyer received cash compensation of $25,000 for services 
rendered as a director. The Company expects that its independent outside 
directors will be paid in a manner and at a level consistent with industry 
practice. 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation 

   The current members of the Compensation Committee are Mr. Fuchs and Mr. 
Bekenstein, who served in such capacities during the last fiscal year. Mr. 
Fuchs abstains from voting on matters relating directly to his compensation 
as an executive officer. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" 
for a description of certain transactions between Mr. Fuchs and the Company 
and Bain and the Company. 

                                      47 
<PAGE>
 
Management And Employment Agreements 

 Fuchs Management Agreement 

   
   The Company, Bain and certain of its affiliates, Citicorp and Bernard 
Fuchs entered into a management agreement (the "Fuchs Management Agreement"), 
dated as of May 26, 1989 and amended effective February 1, 1993, pursuant to 
which (i) the Company employed Mr. Fuchs as an executive officer and (ii) Mr. 
Fuchs purchased from Bain and certain of its affiliates, and an affiliate of 
Citicorp, in the aggregate, 288,635 shares of the Company's common stock for 
$0.09 per share and 250 shares of the Company's senior preferred stock for 
$1,000 per share (subsequently redeemed in connection with the Refinancing). 
The Fuchs Management Agreement provides that transfers of common stock by Mr. 
Fuchs are subject to certain rights to first offer and refusal of the Company 
and the other parties to the Fuchs Management Agreement. 
    

   Pursuant to the Fuchs Management Agreement, Mr. Fuchs served as Chairman 
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer until July 1, 1994 when Mr. Tooker 
was appointed Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Fuchs continues to serve as 
Chairman. The Fuchs Management Agreement, as amended, provides for a base 
salary plus an annual incentive bonus based on an increase in the Company's 
pretax income (excluding any increase or decrease in pretax income 
attributable to any financial restructuring) as compared to the fiscal year 
in which the Company recorded its highest pretax income prior to the fiscal 
year for which the bonus is being paid. The incentive bonus is applicable to 
fiscal years 1993 through 1998. Mr. Fuchs may also be awarded discretionary 
bonuses by the Company's Compensation Committee elected by the Board of 
Directors. The Fuchs Management Agreement generally restricts Mr. Fuchs from 
competing with the Company or its subsidiaries for a period of 24 months 
after his termination, except for termination without cause. Pursuant to the 
Fuchs Management Agreement, Mr. Fuchs' base salary for 1996, 1997 and 1998 
shall be $300,000, $200,000 and $100,000, respectively. 

   
   In connection with the February 1993 amendment to the Fuchs Management 
Agreement, the Company also entered into a stock option agreement with Mr. 
Fuchs providing the grant of options to acquire up to 147,388 shares of SRI's 
common stock at an original purchase price of $5.09 per share. Such options 
are subject to vesting and repurchase restrictions. In connection with the 
formation of the Company, such options were converted into options to acquire 
shares of Common Stock at a price of $0.10 per share and the right to receive 
payments equaling $0.97 per option share ratably over the vesting schedule. 
    

 Tooker Employment Agreement 

   In June 1996, the Company and Carl Tooker entered into an employment 
agreement (the "Tooker Employment Agreement") providing for Mr. Tooker's 
employment as President and Chief Executive Officer. The Tooker Employment 
Agreement provides for an initial base salary of $600,000 plus an annual 
incentive bonus as agreed to with the Compensation Committee. The Tooker 
Employment Agreement also provides for annual performance and salary reviews, 
and for participation in all other bonus and benefit plans available to 
executive officers of the Company. 

   
   If the Company terminates Mr. Tooker other than for good cause, (as 
defined in the Tooker Employment Agreement) or if Mr. Tooker voluntarily 
terminates his employment at a time when he is not a member of the Board, Mr. 
Tooker is then entitled to 18 months' base salary, any accrued or unpaid 
bonus, salary and deferred compensation, any expense allowances and any 
earned but unpaid benefits under the Company's benefit plans. The Tooker 
Employment Agreement also provides that, following a change in control (as 
defined in the Tooker Employment Agreement) if Mr. Tooker is terminated other 
than for good cause or Mr. Tooker resigns other than for good reason (as 
defined in the Tooker Employment Agreement), Mr. Tooker is entitled to three 
year's base salary (as opposed to eighteen months) plus the amounts referred 
to above. In the event of a change of control of the Company, in which the 
Company does not survive, all unvested options for the purchase of Common 
Stock held by Mr. Tooker vest immediately. The Tooker Employment Agreement 
contains certain non-compete and confidentiality provisions. 
    

Other Employment Agreements 

   In June 1996, the Company entered into employment agreements with Messrs. 
Shulman, Marcum, Lovell and Lucas which provide for their initial base 
salaries as well as annual incentive bonuses as agreed to with the 
Compensation Committee. The employment agreements also provide for annual 
performance reviews, salary increases at the discretion of the Compensation 
Committee, and participation in all other bonus and benefit plans 

                                      48 
<PAGE>
 
available to executive officers of the Company. The initial base salaries 
provided for in the individual employment agreements are as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Initial Base 
  Executive                   Position                     Salary 
- -------------     -----------------------------------   ------------ 
<S>               <C>                                     <C>
Mark Shulman      Executive Vice President and            $350,000 
                  Chief Merchandising Officer 
James Marcum      Executive Vice President and            $300,000 
                  Chief Financial Officer 
Stephen Lovell    Executive Vice President and            $300,000 
                  Director of Stores 
Ron Lucas         Senior Vice President, Human Resources  $190,000 
</TABLE>
                  
   If the Company terminates any of the aforementioned individuals, other 
than for good cause (as defined in the respective employment agreements), 
then the terminated individual is entitled to one years's base salary, any 
accrued or unpaid bonus, salary and deferred compensation, any expense 
allowances, and any earned but unpaid benefits under the Company's benefit 
plans. The employment agreements also provide that, following a change of 
control (as defined in the respective employment agreements), the respective 
individual is entitled to two years' base salary (as opposed to one) plus the 
amounts referred to above. In the event of a change of control of the Company 
in which the Company does not survive, all uninvested options for the 
purchase of Common Stock held by the aforementioned individuals vest 
immediately. The employment agreements contain certain non-compete and 
confidentiality provisions. 

1993 Stock Option Plan 

   
   In 1993, the Company adopted the Third Amended and Restated Stock Option 
Plan, a successor plan to prior SRI plans (the "1993 Stock Option Plan") 
designed to provide incentives to present and future executive, managerial, 
marketing, technical, other key employees, and consultants and advisors of 
the Company and its subsidiaries as selected in the sole discretion of the 
Board of Directors. The 1993 Stock Option Plan provided for aggregate option 
grants of up to 1,965,180 shares. As of June 25, 1996, options to purchase an 
aggregate of 1,423,023 shares of Common Stock at prices from $0.10 to $10.18 
are currently outstanding under the 1993 Stock Option Plan. In connection 
with the Offering, the Compensation Committee intends to grant options to 
purchase 265,300 shares of Common Stock under this plan to members of 
executive management at an exercise price of $20.35 per share with a 
five-year cliff vesting requirement. No additional grants shall be made under 
the 1993 Stock Option Plan after the consummation of the Offering. 
    

1996 Equity Incentive Plan 

   In connection with the Offering, the Company has adopted the 1996 Equity 
Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") designed to update and replace the 1993 
Stock Option Plan. 

   
   The Incentive Plan provides for the granting to employees and other key 
individuals who perform services for the Company and its subsidiaries 
("Participants") of the following types of incentive awards: stock options, 
stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock, performance units, 
performance grants and other types of awards that the Compensation Committee 
of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") deems to be consistent with the 
purposes of the Incentive Plan. An aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of Common 
Stock have been reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan; however, no 
Participant shall be entitled to receive grants of Common Stock, stock 
options or SARs with respect to Common Stock, in any calendar year in excess 
of 400,000 shares in the aggregate. The Incentive Plan affords the Company 
latitude in tailoring incentive compensation for the retention of key 
personnel, to support corporate and business objectives, and to anticipate 
and respond to a changing business environment and competitive compensation 
practices. 
    

   The Committee will have exclusive discretion to select the Participants 
and to determine the type, size and terms of each award, to modify the terms 
of awards, to determine when awards will be granted and paid, and to make all 
other determinations which it deems necessary or desirable in the 
interpretation and administration of the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan 
is scheduled to terminate ten years from the date that the Incentive Plan was 
initially approved and adopted by the stockholders of the Company, unless 
extended for up to an additional five years by action of the Board of 
Directors. With limited exceptions, including termination of employment as a 
result of death, disability or retirement, or except as otherwise determined 
by the Committee, rights to these forms of contingent compensation are 
forfeited if a recipient's employment or performance of services terminates 
within 

                                      49 
<PAGE>
a specified period following the award. Generally, a Participant's rights and 
interest under the Incentive Plan will not be transferable except by will or 
by the laws of descent and distribution. 

   Options, which include nonqualified stock options and incentive stock 
options, are rights to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock 
at a price fixed by the Committee. The option price may be less than, equal 
to or greater than the fair market value of the underlying shares of Common 
Stock, but in no event less than the fair market value on the date of grant. 
Options generally will expire not later than ten years after the date on 
which they are granted. Options will become exercisable at such times and in 
such installments as the Committee shall determine. Payment of the option 
price must be made in full at the time of exercise in such form (including, 
but not limited to, cash or Common Stock of the Company) as the Committee may 
determine. 

   A SAR may be granted alone, or in tandem with another option or award, or 
a holder of an option or other award may be granted a related SAR, either at 
the time of grant or by amendment thereafter. In the event that an SAR is 
granted in tandem with another award, the holder of the SAR must surrender 
the SAR and surrender, unexercised, any related option or other award, and 
the holder will receive in exchange, at the election of the Committee, cash 
or Common Stock or other consideration, or any combination thereof, equal in 
value to the difference between the exercise price or option price per share 
and the fair market value per share on the last business day preceding the 
date of exercise, times the number of shares subject to the SAR or option or 
other award, or portion thereof, which is exercised. 

   A restricted stock award is an award of a given number of shares of Common 
Stock which are subject to a restriction against transfer and to a risk of 
forfeiture during a period set by the Committee. During the restriction 
period, the Participant generally has the right to vote and receive dividends 
on the shares. Dividends received while under restriction are treated as 
compensation. 

   Performance grants are awards whose final value, if any, is determined by 
the degree to which specified performance objectives have been achieved 
during an award period set by the Committee, subject to such adjustments as 
the Committee may approve based on relevant factors. Performance objectives 
are based on such measures of performance, including, without limitation, 
measures of industry, Company, unit or Participant performance, or any 
combination of the foregoing, as the Committee may determine. The Committee 
may make such adjustments in the computation of any performance measure as it 
deems appropriate. A target value of an award is established (and may be 
amended thereafter) by the Committee and may be a fixed dollar amount, an 
amount that varies from time to time based on the value of a share of Common 
Stock, or an amount that is determinable from other criteria specified by the 
Committee. Payment of the final value of an award is made as promptly as 
practicable after the end of the award period or at such other time or times 
as the Committee may determine. 

   Upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Company all outstanding awards 
under the Incentive Plan shall terminate immediately prior to the 
consummation of such liquidation or dissolution, unless otherwise provided by 
the Committee. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of 
the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another 
corporation, all restrictions on any outstanding awards may lapse and 
Participants may be entitled to the full benefit of such awards, as 
determined by the Committee, immediately prior to the closing date of such 
sale or merger. 

  Certain Federal Tax Consequences under the Incentive Plan 
   The following discussion addresses certain federal income tax consequences 
under current law to recipients of awards made under the Incentive Plan. The 
following discussion is intended only as a general summary of the federal 
income tax consequences arising under the Incentive Plan based upon the 
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code") as currently in effect. Because federal 
income tax consequences will vary as a result of individual circumstances, 
each Participant should consult his tax advisor with respect to the tax 
consequences of such participation. Moreover, the following summary relates 
only to a Participants' federal income tax treatment, and the state, local 
and foreign tax consequences may be substantially different. 

   A Participant to whom a nonqualified stock option is granted will not 
recognize any income at the time of the grant. When a Participant exercises a 
nonqualified stock option, he generally will recognize ordinary compensation 
income equal to the difference, if any, between the fair market value of the 
Common Stock he receives at such time and the option's exercise price. The 
Participant's tax basis in such shares will be equal to the exercise price 
paid plus the amount includable in his gross income as compensation, and his 
holding period for such shares will begin on the day on which he recognizes 
taxable income in respect of such shares. 

                                      50 
<PAGE>
   A Participant to whom an incentive stock option is granted will not recognize
any ordinary income at the time of grant or at the time of exercise. However,
upon the exercise of an incentive stock option, the Participant generally will
be required to include the excess of fair market value of the Common Stock over
the option's exercise price in his alternative minimum taxable income and, as a
result, he may be subject to an alternative minimum tax ("AMT"). In order to
obtain incentive stock option treatment for federal income tax purposes, a
Participant (i) must be an employee of the Company or a subsidiary continuously
from the date of grant until any termination of employment and (ii) in the event
of such a termination, must exercise an incentive stock option within three
months after such termination, except if disabled, in which case exercise may
occur within one year from the date of termination of employment. If a
Participant holds Common Stock received upon the exercise of an incentive stock
option for more than one year after exercise and more than two years after the
option was granted (the "Statutory Holding Periods"), then upon a sale of such
Common Stock he will recognize long-term capital gain or loss equal to the
difference, if any, between the sale price of such shares and the option's
exercise price. If the Participant has not held such shares for the Statutory
Holding Periods, when he sells such share (a "disqualifying disposition") he
will recognize ordinary compensation income equal to the lesser of (i) the
excess, if any, of the fair market value of such shares on the date of exercise
over the exercise price or (ii) the excess, if any, of the sale price over the
exercise price. Any additional gain or any loss on such sale will constitute
capital gain or loss, short- or long-term depending upon whether the Participant
has held the Common Stock for more than one year after the exercise date. The
tax basis of such shares to the Participant, for purposes of computing such
other gain or loss, will be equal to the exercise price paid plus the amount
includable in his gross income as compensation, if any.

   A participant will not recognize any taxable income as a result of the 
inclusion of SARs in a nonqualified stock option or an incentive stock 
option. At the time of exercise, a Participant generally will recognize 
ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the cash and the fair 
market value of the Common Stock he receives to satisfy his SARs. The 
Participant's tax basis in any such shares received pursuant to a SAR will be 
equal to the amount includable in his gross income as compensation in respect 
of such shares, and the Participant's holding period therefor will begin on 
the day on which he recognizes taxable income in respect of such shares. 

   With respect to restricted stock awards, unless he files a timely election 
with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Code (a "Section 
83(b) election"), a Participant who receives Common Stock pursuant to a 
restricted stock award will not recognize any taxable income upon the receipt 
of such award, but will recognize taxable compensation income at the time his 
interest in such shares is no longer subject to the repurchase option imposed 
by the Plan in an amount equal to the fair market value of such shares at 
such time. Alternatively, by filing a Section 83(b) election within 30 days 
after the shares are granted, the Participant may elect to recognize ordinary 
income equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. In 
either event, the Participant's tax basis in such shares will be equal to the 
amount includable in his gross income as compensation, and his holding period 
for such shares will begin on the date his compensation income is determined. 
If a Participant does not make a Section 83(b) election, dividends paid on 
restricted stock awards will be includable in his income as compensation when 
received. 

   A Participant to whom a performance grant award is made will not recognize 
taxable income at the time such award is made. Such Participant generally 
will recognize taxable income, however, at the time cash, Common Stock or 
other Company securities or property are paid to him pursuant to such award 
in an amount equal to the amount of such cash and the fair market value at 
such time of such shares, securities or property. The tax basis of any such 
shares, securities or property received by a Participant pursuant to a 
performance grant award will be equal to the amount includable in his gross 
income as compensation in respect of such shares, securities or property, and 
the holding period therefor will begin on the day on which he recognizes 
taxable income in respect of such shares, securities or property. Any income 
equivalents paid to a Participant with respect to his performance grant award 
should generally be regarded as compensation. 

   If a Participant who receives Common Stock under the Incentive Plan 
(whether pursuant to the exercise of an option, as a restricted stock award, 
or as a performance grant award) is subject to Section 16(b) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") (such 
recipient, an "Insider"), the tax consequences may be different from those 
described above. Generally, an Insider will not recognize income (or, in the 
case of the exercise of an incentive stock option, alternative minimum 
taxable income) on receipt of Common Stock until he is no longer subject to 
liability with respect to the disposition of such Common Stock. However, by 
filing a Section 83(b) election with the Internal Revenue Service no later 
than 30 days after the date of transfer of property (e.g., 

                                      51 
<PAGE>
 
after exercise of a nonqualified stock option that was granted within six 
months of such exercise), an Insider may elect to be taxed based upon the 
fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of such transfer. 

   Subject to certain limitations described in the next paragraph, the 
company for which a Participant is performing services generally will be 
allowed to deduct amounts that are includable in the Participant's income as 
ordinary compensation income at the time such amounts are so includable, 
provided that such amounts qualify as reasonable compensation for personal 
services actually rendered. 

   With limited exceptions, the Company may not deduct certain compensation 
paid to its chief executive officer or any of its four other highest paid 
executives to the extent such compensation exceeds $1 million in any taxable 
year. Depending on the circumstances, some or all of the compensation paid to 
such an executive under the Incentive Plan may be nondeductible. 

Company Retirement Plans 

   Retirement Plan. The Specialty Retailers, Inc. Restated Retirement Plan 
(the "Retirement Plan") is a qualified defined benefit plan. Benefits under 
the Retirement Plan are administered through a trust arrangement providing 
benefits in the form of monthly payments or a single lump sum payment. The 
Retirement Plan covers substantially all employees who have completed one 
year of service with 1,000 hours of service. The Retirement Plan is 
administered by the retirement plan committee (the "Retirement Committee"), 
and its three to five members are appointed by the Company. All 
determinations of the Retirement Committee are made in accordance with the 
provisions of the Retirement Plan in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. 

   Generally, a participant is eligible for a benefit on his/her normal 
retirement date, which is the later of age 65 or the fifth anniversary of the 
date of hire. A participant may elect an early retirement benefit if he/she 
is at least 55 years old, has 10 Years of Service (as defined below) and 
retires from active employment with the Company. Early retirement benefits 
are reduced according to a formula established in the Retirement Plan based 
upon each full month that the participant's age is less than 65 on the date 
the payments commence. If a participant who is vested terminates employment, 
he/she is entitled to a deferred benefit payable at his/her normal retirement 
date or an earlier date, if requested, but not before age 55. 

   The amount of a participant's retirement benefit is based on each Year of 
Credited Service (as defined below) and on his/her earnings for that year. 
The individual yearly benefits are then totaled to determine the annual 
benefit at age 65. A participant's accrued benefits in the superseded plan 
are determined in accordance with the terms of those plans except as modified 
by the terms of the Retirement Plan. The annual amount of the participant's 
normal retirement benefit is derived, subject to certain limitations, by 
adding (i) 1% of earnings up to $30,600 plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such 
earnings over $30,600 for each Year of Credited Service earned on or after 
July 1, 1989 through December 31, 1991, (ii) 1% of earnings up to $31,800 
plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such earnings over $31,800 for each Year of 
Credited Service earned after December 31, 1991, (iii) 1% of earnings up to 
$42,500 plus 1-1/2% of the excess of such earnings over $42,500 for each Year 
of Credited Service earned after December 31, 1994 and (iv) accrued benefits 
determined in accordance with the terms of the Retirement Plan under any 
superseded plan. The normal retirement benefit formula produces an annual 
benefit which is paid to the participant in equal monthly installments. The 
standard form of payment for a single participant is a monthly benefit 
payable for the participant's life only. The standard form of payment for a 
married participant is a 50% joint and survivor benefit, which provides a 
reduced monthly benefit to the participant during his/her lifetime, and 50% 
of that benefit to the participant's spouse for his/her lifetime in the event 
of the participant's death. Other forms of the payment are also provided 
including lump sum payouts, but they require participant election. In 
addition, the Retirement Committee may elect to pay the benefit equivalent of 
a benefit payable at normal retirement date in the form of a lump sum 
payment, if the lump sum payment does not exceed $3,500. 

   Any participant who is credited with 1,000 or more hours of service in a 
calendar year receives a "Year of Service", while any participant who is 
credited with 1,284 or more hours of service in a calendar year receives a 
"Year of Credited Service". Years of Service determine a participant's 
eligibility for benefits under the Retirement Plan, and the percentage vested 
in those benefits. After five Years of Service, a participant is 100% vested. 
Participants in any superseded plan earn Years of Service and Years of 
Credited Service pursuant to sightly different criteria for plan years 
beginning prior to January 1, 1990. 

                                      52 
<PAGE>
 
   The Retirement Plan is funded entirely by Company contributions which are
held by a trustee for the exclusive benefit of the participants. The Company
voluntarily agreed to contribute the amounts necessary to provide the assets
required to meet the future benefits payable to Retirement Plan participants.
Under the Retirement Plan, contributions are not specifically allocated to
individual participants. Although the Company intends to continue the Retirement
Plan indefinitely, it can terminate the plan at any time, upon which all
participants will become 100% vested in any benefit accrued to the extent funds
are available in trust. In this event, assets will be allocated to benefit
categories in the order specified in the Retirement Plan.

   
   The Benefit Equalization Plan. The Specialty Retailers, Inc. Benefit 
Equalization Plan (the "Equalization Plan") is a nonqualified defined benefit 
plan which is intended to replace the benefits that cannot be provided under 
the terms of the Retirement Plan on account of certain limitations imposed 
under the Internal Revenue Code (for example, the Retirement Plan cannot 
consider compensation for a participant which is in excess of $150,000 when 
determining the participant's benefit). The Equalization Plan is unfunded. 
However, upon a change of control as defined in the Equalization Plan, the 
Company is required to deposit into a rabbi trust sufficient funds to cover 
all obligations then accrued under the Equalization Plan. 
    

   
   Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan. In 1996, the Company adopted the 
Specialty Retailers, Inc. Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (the "SERP"). 
The SERP provides for certain retirement benefits for the Company's senior 
management upon retirement at or after age 65 with at least 15 years of 
credited service with the Company. The SERP provides for annual retirement 
compensation of 50% of the retiree's average annual base salary for the three 
years preceding retirement, less amounts received under the Company's defined 
benefit retirement plans. Participants in the SERP may elect to receive early 
retirement benefits at or after age 55 with at least 15 years of credited 
service. Early retirement benefits are reduced by 4% for each year an 
executive retires before age 65. SERP Benefits are vested after 15 years of 
service. Upon a change of control as defined in the SERP, the Company is 
required to deposit into a rabbi trust sufficient funds to cover all 
obligations then accrued under the SERP. If a participant's employment is 
terminated after a change in control by the Company without cause or by the 
participant for good reason, the participant will be fully vested in the 
benefit that would have been payable at age 55. This amount will be paid to 
the participant in a lump sum upon termination of employment. 
    

   
   The estimated annual benefits payable upon retirement under the Retirement 
Plan, Equalization Plan and SERP at normal retirement age, subject to certain 
adjustments permitted by applicable federal law, for the individuals named in 
the cash compensation table above would be as follows (assuming no increase 
in compensation): Mr. Fuchs--$0; Mr. Tooker--$300,000; Mr. Shulman--$175,000; 
Mr. Marcum--$150,000; and Mr. Lovell-- $150,000. No amounts were paid or 
distributed during 1995 or to date in 1996 pursuant to any of the above plans 
to any of the individuals named or included in the group in the cash 
compensation table above. 
    

Company Deferred Compensation Plan 

   On February 26, 1996 and effective April 1, 1996, the Company adopted the 
Specialty Retailers, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Deferred 
Compensation Plan") that provides officers of the Company with the 
opportunity to participate in an unfunded, deferred compensation program that 
is not qualified under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
"Code"). Generally, the Code and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 
of 1974, as amended, restrict contributions to a 401(k) plan by highly 
compensated employees. The Deferred Compensation Plan is intended to allow 
officers to defer income at the same rates as those employees not restricted 
by such regulations. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, participants may 
defer up to 15% of their salary and bonus (not otherwise covered by the 
Company's 401(k) plan) and earn a rate of return based on select indices 
chosen by each participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, 
establish a grantor trust for the purposes of holding assets to provide 
benefits to the participants. The Company will match 25% of the first 6% of 
each participant's contributions to the Deferred Compensation Plan not 
otherwise covered by the Company's 401(k) plan. Company contributions vest 
over five years of service. 

                                      53 
<PAGE>
                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Transactions with Management 

   The Company's corporate headquarters in Houston and the land and buildings 
upon which six Palais stores are located are leased from PR Investments, a 
partnership in which Mr. Fuchs, his wife and certain former owners of Palais 
are general partners. The lease relating to the Company's corporate 
headquarters is for a term of 50 years expiring in 2032 and includes an 
established minimum annual rent adjusted periodically for changes in the 
Consumer Price Index ("CPI"). Three of the Palais store leases with PR 
Investments are for terms of 20 years expiring in the years 1999, 1999 and 
2000, respectively. The remaining three Palais store leases with PR 
Investments are for 25-year terms expiring in the years 2005, 2010 and 2010, 
respectively. All of the Palais store leases with PR Investments provide 
Palais with the option to extend the term of the lease for two consecutive 
five-year terms. One of the Palais leases with PR Investments provides Palais 
with the option to extend the term of the lease for an additional 20 years. 
In addition to an established minimum annual rent adjusted annually for 
changes in the CPI, the above described store leases include additional rent 
calculated at 4% of gross sales exceeding established levels per store. 
During 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company paid PR Investments an aggregate of 
$1.9 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million, respectively, under the leases 
described above. 

   During 1993, the Company entered into an employment agreement with its 
President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Tooker. As part of this agreement, 
the Company loaned Mr. Tooker $300,000. The loan is due October 2, 1997, 
subject to extension, and bears a market rate of interest. In addition, on 
May 1, 1996, the Company loaned Mr. Tooker $140,000 which is repayable on or 
before April 15, 1997, subject to extension, and which bears a market rate of 
interest. 

   In connection with his relocation to Houston, the Company loaned Mr. 
Lovell $150,000. The loan is due June 1, 2000, subject to extension, and 
bears a market rate of interest. 

Professional Services Agreement 

   Pursuant to a professional service agreement (the "Professional Services 
Agreement"), Bain received fees from the Company for professional services 
rendered and expense reimbursements in the aggregate amount of $1.5 million 
in 1993, $0.6 million in 1994, $0.8 million in 1995 and $0.5 million to date 
in 1996. Upon consummation of the Offering, Bain will receive a fee of $2.0 
million to terminate this agreement. 

                                      54 
<PAGE>
 
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   
   The Company's authorized equity consists of Common Stock and Class B 
Common Stock. Except as otherwise described herein, all shares of Common 
Stock and Class B Common Stock are identical and entitle the holders thereof 
to the same rights and privileges (except with respect to voting privileges). 
Holders of Class B Common Stock may elect at any time to convert any or all 
of such shares into Common Stock, on a share-for-share basis, to the extent 
the holder thereof is not prohibited from owning additional voting securities 
by virtue of regulatory restrictions. The holders of Common Stock are 
entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the 
stockholders. Except as required by law, holders of Class B Common Stock do 
not have the right to vote on any matters to be voted upon by the 
stockholders. As of June 25, 1996, 1,443,179 shares of Class B Common Stock 
were outstanding, 1,297,213 of which were owned by Court Square. Except for 
the column relating to voting power, the numbers and percentages of shares of 
Common Stock held by holders of the Class B Common Stock are calculated 
assuming all Class B Common Stock is converted. 
    

   The table below sets forth certain information regarding ownership of 
Common Stock as of June 25, 1996 assuming exercise of options exercisable 
within sixty days of such date by (i) each person or entity who owns of 
record or beneficially 5% or more of the Common Stock, (ii) each director and 
named executive officer and (iii) all executive officers and directors as a 
group. 

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      
                                        Number of    Percentage of   Percentage of    Percentage of 
                                        Shares of     Voting Power    Total Shares      Total Shares 
                                         Common        Prior to        Owned Prior       Owned After 
                Name                   Stock Owned    the Offering   to the Offering   the Offering(1) 
                ----                   -----------    ------------   ---------------   --------------- 
<S>                                    <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>
Bain Capital Funds(2)..............    5,199,776         44.7%          39.7%            22.9% 
Acadia(3)..........................    3,454,261         29.7           26.4             15.2 
Court Square(4)....................    1,681,078          3.3           12.8              7.4 
Bernard Fuchs(5)...................    1,107,329          9.5            8.5              4.9 
Joshua Bekenstein(6) ..............    5,269,769         45.3           40.3             23.2 
Adam Kirsch(6) ....................    5,247,664         45.1           40.1             23.1 
Carl Tooker(7) ....................      147,191          1.3            1.1               * 
Mark Shulman(8) ...................       42,251           *              *                * 
Jerry Ivie(9) .....................       33,527           *              *                * 
Lasker Meyer(10)...................       13,277           *              *                * 
Stephen Lovell(11).................       14,738           *              *                * 
James Marcum(12) ..................       19,651           *              *                * 
Peter Mulvihill(13)................           --          --             --               -- 
All executive officers and 
  directors as a group (10 Persons) 
  (14)  ...........................    6,695,618         57.5%          51.2%            29.5% 
</TABLE>
    
- ------------- 
*  Less than 1%. 
   
(1) Percentages are calculated without giving effect to the Underwriters' 
    over-allotment option. Certain of the Company's stockholders have granted 
    an option to the Underwriters, exercisable during the 30-day period after 
    the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 1,440,000 
    shares of Common Stock, solely to cover-allotments, if any, as follows. 
    See "Overallotment Option." 
    
   
(2) Includes 4,098,445 shares of Common Stock held by Tyler Capital Fund, 
    L.P.; 839,752 shares of Common Stock held by Tyler Massachusetts, L.P.; 
    245,644 shares of Common Stock held by Tyler International; 15,629 shares 
    of Common Stock held by BCIP Associates ("BCIP Associates"); and 306 
    shares of Common Stock held by BCIP Trust Associates, L.P. ("BCIP Trust" 
    and, collectively with BCIP Associates and the Tyler entities, the "Bain 
    Capital Funds"). The address of the Bain Capital Funds is c/o Bain 
    Venture Capital, Two Copley Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. 
    

(3) Amounts shown represent shares held by the nominee of Acadia and shares 
    held by FWHY-Coinvestment I Partner L.P. ("FCP") and Oak Hill, both 
    affiliates of Acadia. The address of Acadia and FCP is 201 Main Street, 
    Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The address of Oak Hill is 65 East 55th Street, 
    New York, New York 10022. 

                                      55 
<PAGE>
 
   
 (4) Court Square is a subsidiary of Citicorp, a Delaware corporation. Amount 
     and percentage shown as owned include 1,297,213 shares of non-voting 
     Class B Common Stock owned by Court Square. Each share of non- voting 
     Class B Common Stock is convertible, subject to certain restrictions, 
     into one share of Common Stock. The address of Court Square is 399 Park 
     Avenue, 6th Floor, New York, New York 10043. 
    
   
 (5) Amount shown for Mr. Fuchs includes (i) 461,817 shares held by The Fuchs 
     Family Limited Partnership for which Mr. Fuchs may be deemed to possess 
     beneficial ownership and (ii) 9,236 options which are exercisable within 
     60 days. 
    

 (6) Amounts shown include shares beneficially owned by the Bain Capital 
     Funds. Mr. Bekenstein and Mr. Kirsch may be deemed to share voting and 
     dispositive power as to all shares owned by the Bain Capital Funds. 
   
 (7) Includes 49,129 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through 
     options exercisable within 60 days. 
    
   
 (8) Includes 42,251 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through 
     options exercisable within 60 days. 
    
   
 (9) Includes 345 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through options 
     exercisable within 60 days. 
    
   
(10) Includes 1,732 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through 
     options exercisable within 60 days. 
    
   
(11) Includes 14,738 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through 
     options exercisable within 60 days. 
    
   
(12) Includes 19,651 shares of Common Stock that may be acquired through 
     options exercisable within 60 days. 
    
(13) Mr. Mulvihill is a director and a managing director of the investment 
     adviser to Acadia. In addition, Mr. Mulvihill holds indirectly a limited 
     interest in Acadia and holds directly a limited interest in Oak Hill. 
     However, he does not hold or share voting or dispositive power as to 
     shares beneficially owned by Acadia or Oak Hill. 
   
(14) Amount shown includes 137,086 shares of Common Stock that such persons 
     or group could acquire upon the exercise of options exercisable within 
     60 days. 
    

                            OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION 

   
   The Bain Capital Funds and Acadia (the "Selling Stockholders") have 
granted the Underwriters a 30-day option (the "Option") to purchase up to 
1,440,000 shares of Common Stock. The following table sets forth information 
as of June 25, 1996, with respect to the beneficial ownership of Common Stock 
held by each of the Selling Stockholders before and after the exercise of the 
Option (assuming the Underwriters elect to exercise the Option in full). 
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       
                      Beneficial Ownership                  Beneficial Ownership 
                       Prior to Exercise                       After Exercise 
                      --------------------      Number of   ---------------------
                      Number of               Shares Being  Number of 
Selling Stockholders   Shares      Percent       Offered     Shares       Percent 
- --------------------- ---------    -------    ------------  ---------     ------- 
<S>                   <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>            <C>
Bain Capital Funds .  5,199,776     22.9      865,224       4,334,552      19.3 
Acadia .............  3,454,261     15.2      574,776       2,879,485      12.7 
</TABLE>
    
                                      56 
<PAGE>
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Revolving Credit Agreements 

   The Company may draw up to $25.0 million under the Revolving Credit 
Agreements. Of this amount, up to $15.0 million may be used to support 
letters of credit. As of February 3, 1996, $8.4 million of the total 
commitment was used to collateralize letters of credit resulting in available 
funds of $16.6 million. In addition, $10.0 million are available under the 
Seasonal Credit Agreement during the Seasonal Period for working capital 
needs. The Revolving Credit Agreements are available through February 3, 1998 
and provide for a commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% of the average daily unused 
portion of the commitment amount paid on a quarterly basis.  Interest is 
charged on outstanding loans at a base rate plus a specified margin. The 
Revolving Credit Agreements contain covenants which, among other things, 
restrict (i) incurrence of additional debt, (ii) purchase of certain 
investments, (iii) payment of dividends, (iv) formation of certain business 
combinations, (v) disposition of certain assets, (vi) acquisition of 
subordinated debt, (vii) use of proceeds received and (viii) certain 
transactions with related parties. The Revolving Credit Agreements also 
require that SRI maintain a debt service ratio above predetermined levels. 
The Revolving Credit Agreements are secured by the distribution center 
located in Jacksonville, Texas, including equipment located therein, and a 
pledge of SRPC's stock. 

Long-term Indebtedness 

   
   Senior Discount Debentures. During 1993, the Company issued the Senior 
Discount Debentures. The Senior Discount Debentures were issued at a discount 
for aggregate net proceeds of approximately $75.6 million. Substantially all 
of the net proceeds from the Senior Discount Debentures were used to make 
cash payments to the holders of Common Stock equal to $5.95 per share. Cash 
interest begins to accrue in August 1998 and is payable semi-annually on 
February 15 and August 15 commencing February 15, 1999. The discount is being 
charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the effective 
interest method which, together with the coupon interest, results in a 12.7% 
effective interest rate. The Senior Discount Debentures contain restrictions 
which, among other things, limit (i) the payment of dividends, (ii) the 
repurchase of stock and subordinated debt, (iii) the acquisition of 
additional debt or the creation of certain liens, (iv) disposition of certain 
assets and (v) certain related party intercompany transactions. The Senior 
Discount Debentures are secured by all of the issued and outstanding common 
stock of SRI and are structurally subordinated to all of SRI's debt. 
    

   The Company has commenced the Tender Offer to purchase up to 100% of the 
outstanding Senior Discount Debentures with the proceeds of the Offering. In 
connection with the Tender Offer, the Company is seeking consents from the 
holders of the Senior Discount Debentures to modify or remove certain of the 
covenants governing such debentures to provide the Company with greater 
operational flexibility. 

   Senior Notes. During 1993, the Company issued the Senior Notes. The Senior 
Notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million and bear 
interest at 10% payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. SRI is 
required to make a mandatory sinking fund payment on August 15, 1999 equal to 
twenty-five percent of the original principal amount. The Company has 
purchased $20.0 million of the Senior Notes which satisfied a portion of the 
August 15, 1999 sinking fund requirement. The Senior Notes are generally 
unsecured obligations and rank senior to all subordinated debt including the 
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes. 

   Series B Senior Subordinated Notes. During 1993, the Company issued the 
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes. The Series B Senior Subordinated Notes 
were originally issued in an aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million and 
bear interest at 11% payable semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. The 
Company is required to make a mandatory sinking fund payment on August 15, 
2002 equal to forty percent of the original principal amount. The Series B 
Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to the obligations under the 
Senior Notes. 

   Series D Senior Subordinated Notes. During 1995, the Company issued $18.3 
million in an aggregate principal amount of Series D Senior Subordinated 
Notes. The Series D Senior Subordinated Notes were issued at a discount of 
$1.8 million and bear interest at 11% payable semi-annually on February 15 
and August 15 of each year. The original issue discount is being charged to 
interest expense over the term to maturity using the effective interest 
method. The combination of coupon interest payments and original issue 
discount results in an effective interest rate of 13.0%. The Company is 
required to make a mandatory sinking fund payment on September 15, 2002 equal 
to forty percent of the original aggregate principal amount of the Series D 
Senior Subordinated Notes. 

                                      57 
<PAGE>
 
The Series D Senior Subordinated Notes rank pari passu with the existing 
Series B Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the "Senior Subordinated 
Notes"). 

   The Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes contain restrictive 
covenants which, among other things, (i) limit SRI's ability to sell certain 
assets, pay dividends, retire its common stock or retire certain debt, (ii) 
limit its ability to incur additional debt or issue stock and (iii) limit 
certain related party transactions. 

   SRI is soliciting consents to certain amendments to the indentures 
governing its Senior Notes, its Series B Senior Subordinated Notes and its 
Series D Senior Subordinated Notes to, among other things increase the 
maximum amount of revolving senior secured borrowing capacity to $40.0 
million (subject to a reduction to $25.0 million for a 45-day period 
annually) and relax the limitations on the incurrence of additional 
indebtedness. 

   These amendments are intended to provide the Company with additional 
financial flexibility in meeting its expansion plans and the working capital 
requirements of its growing store base, and are conditioned on the 
consummation of the Offering. 

   SRPC Notes. On May 30, 1996, SRPC issued $30.0 million in aggregate 
principal amount of SRPC Notes in order to finance the Uhlmans Acquisition. 
The SRPC Notes have an expected maturity date of December 15, 2000 ("Expected 
Maturity Date"). Principal is expected to be paid on the SRPC Notes in one 
payment on the Expected Maturity Date. If principal is not paid in full on 
the Expected Maturity Date it will be paid monthly thereafter on each Monthly 
Payment Date (as defined therein), to the extent of available funds. Interest 
on the Notes accrues at the rate per annum of 12.5% and is payable 
semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year. 

   Principal, interest and premium, if any, on the SRPC Notes is secured by, 
and paid solely from distributions on, certificates issued to SRPC by the 
Trust representing the Retained Interest. For a description of the Accounts 
Receivable Program, see Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated Financial 
Statements. 

   Bealls Subordinated Debentures. The increasing rate 3 Bealls Holding, Inc. 
("Bealls Holding") subordinated debentures due 2002 (the "Bealls Holding 
Subordinated Debentures") in aggregate principal amount of approximately 
$15.0 million bore interest at 10% through 1994, 11% in 1995 and currently 
bear interest of 12% until maturity. Interest is payable semi-annually on 
June 30 and December 31. Original issue discount of $7.3 million is being 
charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the effective 
interest method. The combination of coupon interest payments and original 
issue discount results in an effective interest rate of 20.9%. The Bealls 
Holding Subordinated Debentures may be prepaid, at the Company's option, at 
their face value. The Company is required to redeem the Bealls Holding 
Subordinated Debentures beginning no later than December 31, 1997, in no more 
than six equal annual installments. The Bealls Holding Subordinated 
Debentures are subordinated to all debt except the Senior Discount 
Debentures. SRI is the primary obligor under these debentures. 

   Bealls Junior Subordinated Debentures. In connection with the acquisition 
of Bealls, Bealls Holding issued the 7% Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated 
Debentures Due 2003 ("Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures") at a 
face value of approximately $12.5 million, net of discount of approximately 
$8.4 million. Such discount is being charged to interest expense over the 
term to maturity using the effective interest method. The Bealls Holding 
Junior Subordinated Debentures are limited to an aggregate principal amount 
of approximately $18.3 million. Interest is payable semi-annually on June 30 
and December 31. The combination of coupon interest payments and original 
issue discount results in an effective interest rate of 39.4%. The principal 
amount of Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures are subordinated to 
all debt except the Senior Discount Debentures. SRI is the primary obligor 
under these debentures. 

                                      58 
<PAGE>
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General Matters 

   
   The total amount of authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 
75,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 3,000,000 
shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 2,500 shares 
of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). Upon 
completion of the Offering, 21,011,060 shares of Common Stock will be issued 
and outstanding, 1,443,179 shares of Class B Common Stock will be issued and 
outstanding, and no shares of Preferred Stock will be outstanding. The 
discussion herein describes the Company's capital stock, the Certificate of 
Incorporation and Bylaws as anticipated to be in effect upon consummation of 
the Offering. The following summary of certain provisions of the Company's 
capital stock describes all material provisions of, but does not purport to 
be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the 
Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company that are included 
as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a 
part and by the provisions of applicable law. 
    


Common Stock 

   
   As of June 25, 1996, there were 11,411,060 shares of Common Stock 
outstanding held by 99 holders of record. The issued and outstanding shares 
of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock being offered will be 
upon payment therefor, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Subject 
to the prior rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock and restrictions 
contained in the Indenture and the SRI Indentures, the holders of outstanding 
shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets 
legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board may 
from time to time determine. See "Dividend Policy." 
    

   Following consummation of the Offering, the shares of Common Stock will 
not be redeemable or convertible, and the holders thereof will have no 
preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of the Company. 
Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of 
Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata, along with the holders of 
Common Stock, the assets of the Company which are legally available for 
distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to 
the prior rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding. 

   Application has been made for the approval for listing of the Common Stock 
on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "STGE." 

Class B Common Stock 

   Unless otherwise required by law, holders of the Class B Common Stock are 
not entitled to vote on matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, 
including the election of directors. Holders of Class B Common Stock may 
elect at any time to convert any or all of such shares into Common Stock, on 
a share for share basis, to the extent such holder is not prohibited from 
owning additional voting securities by virtue of regulatory restrictions. 

   
   As of June 25, 1996, there were 1,443,179 shares of Class B Common Stock 
outstanding held by 12 holders of record. The issued and outstanding shares 
of Class B Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. 
Subject to the prior rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock and 
restrictions contained in the Company's indebtedness, the holders of 
outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends 
out of assets legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as 
the Board may from time to time determine. See "Dividend Policy." 
    

   Following consummation of the Offering, the shares of Class B Common Stock 
will not be redeemable or convertible other than into shares of Common Stock, 
and the holders thereof will have no preemptive or subscription rights to 
purchase any securities of the Company. Upon liquidation, dissolution or 
winding up of the Company, the holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled 
to receive pro rata, along with the holders of Common Stock, the assets of 
the Company which are legally available for distribution, after payment of 
all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any 
holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding. 

Preferred Stock 

   The Board may, without further action by the Company's stockholders, from 
time to time, direct the issuance of additional shares of Preferred Stock in 
series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the rights, preferences 
and limitations of each series. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of 
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock 

                                      59 
<PAGE>
 
would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on 
shares of Common Stock. Holders of shares of Preferred Stock may be entitled 
to receive a preference payment in the event of any liquidation, dissolution 
or winding-up of the Company before any payment is made to the holders of 
shares of Common Stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares 
of Preferred Stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, 
tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a 
large block of the Company's securities or the removal of incumbent 
management. The Board, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of 
Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely 
affect the holders of shares of Common Stock. Upon consummation of the 
Offering, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, and the 
Company currently has no present intention to issue any shares of Preferred 
Stock. 

Certain Provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws 

   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholder action 
can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot 
be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The Restated Certificate of 
Incorporation and the By-laws provides that, except as otherwise required by 
law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called pursuant to a 
resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the chief 
executive officer of the Company. Stockholders will not be permitted to call 
a special meeting or to require the Board to call a special meeting. 

   The Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains a "fair price" 
provision pursuant to which any Business Combination (as defined therein) 
involving an interested stockholder and the Company or any subsidiary would 
require approval by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% 
of the shares of voting stock of the Company. The fair price provision of the 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that 66-2/3% stockholder vote 
is not required if the Business Combination is approved by 70% of the 
continuing directors or if certain procedures and price requirements are 
satisfied. Instead, the vote, if any, required by applicable Delaware law or 
by any other provision of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation would be 
necessary. 

   The By-laws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder 
proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders of the 
Company, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the Board. 
Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations 
specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the 
direction of the Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on 
the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and 
who has given to the Company's Secretary timely written notice, in proper 
form, of the stockholder's intention to bring that business before the 
meeting. Although the By-laws do not give the Board the power to approve or 
disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other 
business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the By-laws may have 
the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the 
proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or defer a potential 
acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of 
directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. 

Section 203 of Delaware Law 

   Following the consummation of the Offering, the Company will be subject to 
the "business combination" provisions of the Delaware General Corporation 
Law. In general, such provisions prohibit a publicly-held Delaware 
corporation from engaging in various "business combination" transactions with 
any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of 
the transaction in which the person became an "interested stockholder," 
unless (i) the transaction is approved by the Board of Directors prior to the 
date the interested stockholder obtained such status, (ii) upon consummation 
of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an "interested 
stockholder," the "interested stockholder" owned at least 85% of the voting 
stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, 
excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those 
shares owned by (a) persons who are directors and also officers and (b) 
employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to 
determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan in which 
employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially 
whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or 
exchange offer, or (iii) on or subsequent to such date the "business 
combination" is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an 
annual or special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 
66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the "interested 
stockholder." A "business combination" is defined to include mergers, asset 
sales and other transactions resulting in financial benefit to a stockholder. 
In general, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with 
affiliates and 

                                      60 
<PAGE>
 
associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of a 
corporation's voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or 
other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to the Company and, 
accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire the Company. 

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors 

   
   The Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors to the 
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In 
addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that 
the Company shall indemnify directors and officers of the Company to the 
fullest extent permitted by such law. 
    
   
                       SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 
    
   Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public 
market could adversely affect market prices of the Common Stock. 

   
   Upon the closing of the Offering there will be 22,454,239 shares of common 
stock outstanding. The 9,600,000 shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering 
will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under 
the Securities Act, unless held by an "affiliate" of the Company as that term 
is defined in Rule 144, which shares will be subject to the resale 
limitations of Rule 144. Of the outstanding shares, 11,411,060 have not been 
registered under the Securities Act and may not be sold unless they are 
registered or unless an exemption from registration, such as the exemption 
provided by Rule 144, is available. 
    

   
   In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a stockholder (or 
stockholders whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares 
constituting "restricted securities" (generally defined as securities 
acquired from the Company or an affiliate of the Company in a non-public 
transaction) for at least two years, is entitled to sell within any 
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one 
percent of the outstanding Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume 
in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on 
which notice of such sale is filed pursuant to Rule 144. Sales under Rule 144 
are also subject to certain provisions regarding the manner of sale, notice 
requirements and the availability of current public information about the 
Company. A stockholder (or stockholders whose shares are aggregated) who is 
not an affiliate of the Company for at least 90 days prior to a proposed 
transaction and who has beneficially owned "restricted securities" for at 
least three years is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144 without 
regard to the limitations described above. Currently 625,009 shares of Common 
Stock are qualified for sale under this rule. Rule 144 is proposed to be 
amended, and the two and three year holding periods specified above may be 
reduced to one and two years, respectively. 
    

   
   Certain of the Company's existing stockholders, including the officers and 
directors of the Company, have agreed that they will not, without the prior 
written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation 
("DLJ") on behalf of the Underwriters, sell or otherwise dispose of any 
shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date hereof. 
11,830,954 outstanding shares (or 52.7% of the total outstanding Common 
Stock) of Common Stock (other than those sold in the Offering) are subject to 
such agreement. 
    


Registration Rights 

   
   The Company is party to a Registration Agreement (the "Registration 
Agreement") with the Bain Capital Funds, Acadia and Court Square pursuant to 
which such stockholders have the right to cause the Company to register 
shares of Common Stock (the "registrable securities") under the Securities 
Act. Upon the consummation of the Offering, 10,335,115 outstanding shares of 
Common Stock will constitute registrable securities and therefore will be 
eligible for registration pursuant to the Registration Agreement. Under the 
terms of the Registration Agreement, (i) the holders of at least a majority 
of the registrable securities can require the Company, subject to certain 
limitations, to file up to three "long-form" registration statements under 
the Securities Act covering all or part of the registrable securities, and, 
subject to certain limitations, to file an unlimited number of "short-form" 
registration statements under the Securities Act covering all or part of the 
registrable securities and (ii) Acadia can require the Company, subject to 
certain limitations, to file a "long-form" registration statement on Form S-1 
covering all or part of the registrable securities held by Acadia (each, a 
"demand registration"). The Company is obligated to pay all registration 
expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and subject to 
certain limitations) incurred in connection with the demand registrations. In 
addition, the Registration Statement provides the Bain Capital Funds, Acadia 
and Court Square with "piggyback" registration rights, subject to certain 
limitations, whenever the Company files a registration statement on a 
registration form that can be used to register registrable securities. 
    

                                      61 
<PAGE>
 
                                  UNDERWRITING

   
   Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting 
Agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Underwriters named below (the 
"Underwriters"), for whom DLJ, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and CS First Boston 
Corporation are acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), have 
severally agreed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 9,600,000 
shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock that each 
Underwriter has agreed to purchase is set forth opposite its name below: 
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Number 
                                                                   of 
Underwriters                                                     Shares 
- ------------                                                     ------- 
<S>                                                              <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ...........
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ......................................
CS First Boston Corporation ...................................





                                                                 --------- 
  Total .......................................................  9,600,000 
                                                                 ========= 
</TABLE>
    
   The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several 
Underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock 
offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by 
counsel and to certain other conditions. If any of the shares of Common Stock 
are purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, all 
such shares (other than shares covered by the over-allotment option described 
below) must be purchased. 

   The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain 
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute 
to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. 

   The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters propose 
initially to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial 
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to 
certain dealers (who may include the Underwriters) at such price less a 
concession not in excess of $      per share of Common Stock. The 
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount not in 
excess of $         per share of Common Stock on sales to any other 
Underwriter certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the 
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed. 

   
   Certain selling stockholders have granted an option to the Underwriters, 
exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 
an aggregate of 1,440,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial 
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, net of 
underwriting discounts and commissions. Such option may be exercised at any 
time until 30 days after the date of this Prospectus. See "Principal 
Stockholders" and "Overallotment Option." To the extent that the 
Representatives exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will be 
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option 
shares proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in 
the preceding table. 
    
   
   At the Company's request, the Underwriters have reserved up to 480,000 
shares for sale at the initial public offering price to certain of the 
Company's employees, members of their immediate families and other 
individuals who are business associates of the Company in each case as such 
parties have expressed an interest in purchasing such shares. The number of 
shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent 
these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not 
purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the 
same basis as the other shares offered hereby. 
    

   The Company, its officers and directors, and certain employees of the 
Company have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or 
indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise 
dispose of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or 
exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, 

                                      62 
<PAGE>
 
without the prior written consent of DLJ, on behalf of the Underwriters, for 
a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible 
for Future Sale." 

   Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price will be determined 
through negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. Among the 
factors considered in determining the initial public offering price, in 
addition to prevailing market conditions, are price-earnings ratios of 
publicly traded companies that the Representatives believe to be comparable 
to the Company, certain financial information of the Company, the history of, 
and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in which it competes, and 
assessment of the Company's management, its past and present operations, the 
prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the Company, the present 
state of the Company's development, and the above factors in relation to 
market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in 
activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an active 
trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock 
will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offering at or above the 
initial public offering price. 

   
   The Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National 
Market under the symbol "STGE", subject to official notice of issuance. 
    

   The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock 
offered hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary 
authority. 

   
   DLJ will act as dealer manager in connection with the Tender Offer and the 
solicitation of consents to certain amendments to the indentures governing 
SRI's indebtedness, and expects to receive customary fees in connection 
therewith. DLJ makes a market in the Senior Discount Debentures and, in such 
capacity, has a position in such Senior Discount Debentures from time to 
time. To the extent DLJ owns Senior Discount Debentures upon expiration of 
the Tender Offer, it is expected that DLJ would tender such Senior Discount 
Debentures into the Tender Offer. 
    
                                LEGAL MATTERS 

   
   The validity of the Common Stock being offered hereby and certain other 
legal matters relating to the Offering will be passed upon for the Company by 
Kirkland & Ellis (a partnership which includes professional corporations), 
New York, New York. Mr. Karl E. Lutz, whose professional corporation is a 
partner of Kirkland & Ellis, as of the date hereof holds 28,860 shares of 
Common Stock and 7,974 shares of Class B Common Stock. Certain legal matters 
will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Latham & Watkins, Chicago, 
Illinois. 
    

                                   EXPERTS 

   The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of January 28, 
1995 and February 3, 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended 
February 3, 1996 included in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement 
of which it is a part, have been so included in reliance on the report of 
Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said 
firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The financial statements of 
Uhlmans as of January 31, 1995 and February 3, 1996 and for each of the three 
years in the period ended February 3, 1996 appearing in this Prospectus and 
Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent 
auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, 
and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of said 
firm as experts in auditing and accounting. 

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

   The Company has filed the Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect 
to the Common Stock being offered hereby with the Commission under the 
Securities Act. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration 
Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration 
Statement, certain items of which are omitted in accordance with the rules 
and regulations of the Commission. Statements contained in this Prospectus 
concerning the provisions of documents filed with the Registration Statement 
as exhibits are necessarily summaries of such documents, and each such 
statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the 
applicable document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The 
Registration Statement may be inspected and copied at the public reference 
facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., 
Washington, D.C. 20549; at its Chicago Regional Office, 500 West Madison 
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511; and at its New York 
Regional Office, 75 Park Place, 14th Floor, New York, New York 10007. Copies 
of such material 

                                      63 
<PAGE>
 
can be obtained from the public reference section of the Commission, 450 
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. For further 
information pertaining to the Company and the Common Stock being offered 
hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement, including the 
exhibits thereto and the financial statements, notes and schedules filed as a 
part thereof. 

                                      64 
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              Page 
STAGE STORES, INC.                                                                                           Number 
                                                                                                           ---------- 
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
Unaudited Financial Statements 
Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheet at February 3, 1996 and May 4, 1996 ....................................  F-2 

Consolidated Condensed Statement of Income for the three months ended April 29, 1995 and 
  May 4, 1996 ...............................................................................................  F-3 

Consolidated Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended April 29, 1995 and May 4, 1995 ....  F-4 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the three months ended May 4, 1996 ......................  F-5 

Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements ..............................................  F-6 

Audited Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Accountants  ..........................................................................  F-7 

Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 28, 1995 and February 3, 1996  ........................................  F-8 

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995 ...............................  F-9 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995 ............................... F-10 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit for the fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995 .................... F-12 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .................................................................. F-13 

UHLMANS INC. 

Unaudited Financial Statements 

Balance Sheets at February 3, 1996 and May 4, 1996  ......................................................... F-25 

Statements of Operations for the period from February 1, 1995 through April 29, 1995 and for the 
  period from February 4, 1996 through May 4, 1996 .......................................................... F-26 

Statements of Cash Flows for the period from February 1, 1995 through April 29, 1995 and for the 
  period from February 4, 1996 through May 4, 1996 .......................................................... F-27 

Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)  .................................................................. F-28 

Audited Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Auditors  ............................................................................. F-29 

Balance Sheets at January 31, 1995 and February 3, 1996 ..................................................... F-30 

Statements of Income for the years ended January 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period from February 
  1, 1995 through February 3, 1996  ......................................................................... F-31
 
Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended January 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period 
  from February 1, 1995 through February 3, 1996  ........................................................... F-32 

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the period from February 1,
  1995 through February 3, 1996  ............................................................................ F-33 

Notes to Financial Statements ............................................................................... F-34 
</TABLE>

                                     F-1 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                     Consolidated Condensed Balance Sheet 
            (in thousands, except par value and number of shares) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           February 3, 
                                                                                               1996        May 4, 1996 
                                                                                           -------------   ------------ 
                                                                                                           (unaudited) 
<S>                                                                                          <C>             <C>
                                        Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................       $ 20,273         $ 10,412 
Accounts receivable ..................................................................         65,740           50,587 
Merchandise inventories ..............................................................        150,032          166,303 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ............................................         24,457           23,452 
                                                                                             ---------        -------- 
  Total current assets ...............................................................        260,502          250,754 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net ..................................         93,118           96,901 
Goodwill, net ........................................................................         30,876           30,606 
Other assets .........................................................................         27,837           28,351 
                                                                                             --------         -------- 
                                                                                             $412,333         $406,612 
                                                                                             ========         ======== 

                         Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit 
Accounts payable .....................................................................       $ 41,494         $ 41,153 
Accrued interest .....................................................................         12,327            6,580 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .......................................         33,197           27,272 
Accrued taxes, other than income taxes ...............................................          3,376            4,083 
                                                                                             --------         -------- 
  Total current liabilities ..........................................................         90,394           79,088 

Long-term debt .......................................................................        335,839          339,467 
Related party debt ...................................................................         44,200           44,200 
Other long-term liabilities ..........................................................         14,214           13,495 
                                                                                             --------         -------- 
  Total liabilities ..................................................................        484,647          476,250 
                                                                                             --------         -------- 

Preferred stock, par value $1.00, non-voting, 2,500 shares authorized, no shares 
  issued or outstanding  ..............................................................           --               -- 
Common stock, par value $0.01, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 11,470,902 and 11,600,702  
  shares issued and outstanding, respectively  ........................................           115             116 
Class B common stock, par value $0.01, non-voting, 1,500,000 shares authorized, 
  1,468,750 shares issued and outstanding  ............................................            15              15 
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................          3,793           3,816 
Accumulated deficit ..................................................................        (76,237)        (73,585) 
                                                                                             --------        -------- 
  Stockholders' deficit ..............................................................        (72,314)        (69,638) 
                                                                                             --------        -------- 
Commitments and contingencies ........................................................             --              -- 
                                                                                             --------        -------- 
                                                                                             $412,333        $406,612 
                                                                                             ========        ======== 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-2 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                  Consolidated Condensed Statement of Income 
                  (in thousands, except earnings per share) 
                                 (unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               For the three months ended, 
                                                              ----------------------------- 
                                                              April 29, 1995   May 4, 1996 
                                                              --------------   ------------ 
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>
Net sales ................................................      $142,353         $ 163,177 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy and                              
  distribution expenses  ..................................      (96,070)         (111,096) 
                                                                --------         --------- 
Gross profit .............................................        46,283            52,081 
Selling, general and administrative expenses .............       (33,816)          (38,878) 
Service charge income ....................................         2,683             2,913 
Store opening and closure costs ..........................          (315)              (71) 
                                                                --------         --------- 
Operating income .........................................        14,835            16,045 
                                                                --------         --------- 
Interest income ..........................................           160               126 
                                                                --------         --------- 
                                                                             
Interest expense:                                                            
 Related party ...........................................        (1,037)           (1,117) 
 Other ...................................................        (9,235)          (10,128) 
 Amortization of debt issue costs ........................          (452)             (469) 
                                                                --------         --------- 
                                                                 (10,724)          (11,714) 
                                                                --------         --------- 
                                                                             
Income before income tax .................................         4,271             4,457 
Income tax expense .......................................        (1,833)           (1,805) 
                                                                --------         --------- 
Net income ...............................................      $  2,438         $   2,652 
                                                                ========         ========= 
                                                                             
Earnings per common share data:                                              
                                                                             
Earnings per common share ................................      $   0.18         $    0.19 
                                                                ========         ========= 
Weighted average common shares outstanding ...............        13,399            13,618 
                                                                =========        ========= 
</TABLE>                                                                   

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-3 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                Consolidated Condensed Statement of Cash Flows 
                                (in thousands) 
                                 (unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           For the three months ended, 
                                                          ---------------------------- 
                                                          April 29, 1995   May 4, 1996 
                                                          --------------  ------------ 
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities: 
 Net income . ........................................      $  2,438       $  2,652 
                                                            --------       -------- 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used 
  in operating activities: 
  Depreciation and amortization ......................         2,700          3,149 
  Deferred income taxes. .............................        (1,099)          (958) 
  Accretion of discount . ............................         3,300          3,768 
  Amortization of debt issue costs ...................           452            469 
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
   Decrease in accounts receivable . .................        11,523         11,453 
   Increase in merchandise inventories . .............       (27,582)       (16,271) 
   (Increase) decrease in other assets ...............          (872)           404 
   Increase in accounts receivable sold ..............        10,300          3,700 
   Decrease in accounts payable and accrued 
   liabilities  ......................................        (7,399)       (11,581) 
                                                            --------       -------- 
    Total adjustments ................................        (8,677)        (5,867) 
                                                            --------       -------- 
   Net cash used in operating activities .............        (6,239)        (3,215) 
                                                            --------       -------- 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities: 
 Additions to property, equipment and leasehold 
  improvements  .......................................      (12,495)        (6,449) 
                                                            --------       -------- 
  Net cash used in investing activities ..............       (12,495)        (6,449) 
                                                            --------       -------- 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 
 Proceeds from: 
  Common stock .......................................            61             34 
 Payments on: 
  Long-term debt .....................................          (115)          (125) 
  Redemption of common stock .........................            --            (14) 
  Additions to debt issue costs .. ...................          (223)           (92) 
                                                            --------       -------- 
   Net cash used in financing activities .............          (277)          (197) 
                                                            --------       -------- 
   Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents .........       (19,011)        (9,861) 
 Cash and cash equivalents: 
  Beginning of period ................................        28,593         20,273 
                                                            --------       -------- 
  End of period ......................................      $  9,582       $ 10,412 
                                                            ========       ======== 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information: 
 Interest paid .......................................      $ 12,205       $ 13,207 
                                                            ========       ======== 
 Income taxes paid ...................................      $  1,800       $  5,883 
                                                            ========       ======== 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-4 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
          Consolidated Condensed Statement of Stockholders' Deficit 
                    for the three months ended May 4, 1996 
                   (in thousands, except numbers of shares) 
                                 (unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Common Stock 
                              ---------------------------------------- 
                                                          Class B 
                                                   ------------------- 
                               Shares                 Shares                Additional Paid-in  Accumulated 
                            Outstanding  Amount    Outstanding  Amount         Capital            Deficit       Total 
                            -----------  ------    -----------  ------      ------------------  ----------   ---------- 
<S>                          <C>          <C>      <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>
Balance, February 3, 1996    11,470,902   $115     1,468,750     $15          $3,793          $(76,237)     $(72,314) 
Net income ..............            --     --            --      --              --             2,652         2,652 
Vested compensatory stock 
  options  ...............           --     --            --      --               4                --             4 
Issuance of stock .......       132,510      1            --      --              33                --            34 
Retirement of stock .....        (2,710)    --            --      --             (14)               --           (14) 
                             ----------   ----     ---------     ---          ------          --------      -------- 
Balance, May 4, 1996 ....    11,600,702   $116     1,468,750     $15          $3,816          $(73,585)     $(69,638) 
                             ==========   ====     =========     ===          ======          ========      ======== 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-5 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
        Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements 

   1. The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements 
of Stage Stores, Inc. (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.), have been prepared 
in accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X and do not include all the 
information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting 
principles for complete financial statements. Those adjustments, which 
include only normal recurring adjustments, that are, in the opinion of 
management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the interim 
periods have been made. The results of operations for such interim periods 
are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a full year. The 
unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements should be read in 
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto for the year ended February 3, 1996 filed with Stage Stores, Inc.'s 
("Stage Stores") Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain reclassifications have 
been made to prior year amounts to conform with the current year 
presentation. The fiscal years discussed herein end on the Saturday nearest 
to January 31 in the following calendar year. For example, references to 
"1996" mean the fiscal year ended February 1, 1997. 

   Stage Stores conducts its business exclusively through its wholly-owned 
subsidiary Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI"), which operated 268 family 
apparel stores in the central United States as of May 4, 1996. Stage Stores 
has no operations of its own, with its primary asset being the common stock 
of SRI. Stage Stores and SRI are collectively referred to herein as the 
"Company". 

   2. Under the accounts receivable securitization program implemented in 
1993 (the "Accounts Receivable Program"), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the Company, SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. ("SRPC") purchases the 
accounts receivable generated under the Company's private label credit card 
program. Such accounts receivable are in turn transferred to a master trust 
(the "Trust") which has issued certain certificates representing undivided 
interests in the Trust. SRPC owns an undivided interest in the accounts 
receivable not supporting the certificates issued by the Trust ("Retained 
Interest"). SRPC is a separate corporate entity from the Company and SRPC's 
creditors have a claim on its assets prior to those assets becoming available 
to any creditor of the Company. 

   3. On June 3, 1996, Palais Royal, Inc., an indirect, wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Stage Stores, completed its acquisition of Uhlmans Inc. 
("Uhlmans") for $28.7 million, including the repayment of certain debt of 
Uhlmans. Uhlmans, which operates 34 family apparel stores located in Ohio, 
Michigan and Indiana, had sales of $59.7 million and net income of $0.6 
million for the year ended February 3, 1996. The Company plans to operate the 
majority of the acquired locations under the "Stage" banner following a brief 
conversion period. The Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K on May 9, 
1996 related to this transaction. 

   The Company financed its acquisition of Uhlmans through the issuance of 
$30.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 12.5% Trust Certificate-Backed 
Notes Due 2000 (the "SRPC Notes"). Interest on the SRPC Notes is payable 
semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing December 
16, 1996 from amounts otherwise received by SRPC from its Retained Interest. 
Principal repayments are anticipated to commence on December 1, 1999. 

   4. Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting 
Bulletins and Staff policy, common stock options issued during the twelve 
months prior to the proposed initial public offering have been included in 
the calculation of earnings per common share as if such options were 
outstanding during the three months ended May 4, 1996. 

   5. During the first quarter of 1996, the Company adopted Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standard No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of 
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of ("SFAS 121"), 
and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, Accounting for Stock 
Based Compensation ("SFAS 123"). Neither the adoption of SFAS 121 or SFAS 123 
had a material effect on the Company's financial position or the results of 
operations. With the adoption of SFAS 123, the Company continues to measure 
compensation plans using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion 
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and will provide pro forma 
disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the market value based 
method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied in measuring compensation 
expense in its annual financial statements. 

                                     F-6 
<PAGE>
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Stage Stores, Inc. 

   In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the 
accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Stage Stores, Inc. (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) and its 
subsidiaries at January 28, 1995 and February 3, 1996, and the results of 
their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended February 3, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of 
the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of 
these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards 
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence 
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, 
and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that 
our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above. 

PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP 

Houston, Texas 
March 15, 1996 

                                     F-7 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                          Consolidated Balance Sheet 
            (in thousands, except par value and number of shares) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    
                                                             January 28, 1995   February 3, 1996 
                                                             ----------------   ---------------- 
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>
                         Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents ..............................       $ 28,593          $ 20,273 
Accounts receivable ....................................         70,356            65,740 
Merchandise inventories ................................        118,039           150,032 
Restricted investments .................................            338               438 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..............         17,824            24,019 
                                                               --------         --------- 
  Total current assets .................................        235,150           260,502 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net ....         75,602            93,118 
Goodwill, net ..........................................         31,865            30,876 
Other assets ...........................................         27,113            27,837 
                                                               --------          -------- 
                                                               $369,730          $412,333 
                                                               ========          ======== 
                                                                            
          Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit                             
Accounts payable .......................................       $ 38,332          $ 41,494 
Accrued interest .......................................         11,372            12,327 
Accrued employee compensation costs ....................          8,907             7,892 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .........         25,668            25,305 
Accrued taxes, other than income taxes .................          2,642             3,376 
                                                               --------          -------- 
  Total current liabilities ............................         86,921            90,394 
Long-term debt .........................................        310,575           335,839 
Related party debt .....................................         39,200            44,200 
Deferred income taxes ..................................            562                -- 
Other long-term liabilities ............................         13,665            14,214 
                                                               --------          -------- 
  Total liabilities ....................................        450,923           484,647 
                                                               --------          -------- 
Preferred stock, par value $1.00, non-voting, 2,500                         
 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding ....             --                -- 
Common stock, par value $0.01, 15,000,000 shares                            
 authorized, 11,381,141 and 11,470,902 shares                               
 issued and outstanding, respectively ..................            113               115 
Class B common stock, par value $0.01, non-voting,                          
 1,500,000 shares authorized, 1,468,750 shares                              
 issued and outstanding ................................             15                15 
Additional paid-in capital .............................          3,565             3,793 
Accumulated deficit ....................................        (84,886)          (76,237) 
                                                               --------          -------- 
  Stockholders' deficit ................................        (81,193)          (72,314) 
                                                               --------          -------- 
Commitments and contingencies ..........................             --                -- 
                                                               --------          -------- 
                                                               $369,730          $412,333 
                                                               ========          ======== 
</TABLE>                                                                   

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-8 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                     Consolidated Statement of Operations 
                  (in thousands, except earnings per share) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Fiscal Year 
                                                ----------------------------------- 
                                                   1993        1994         1995 
                                                ----------  ----------   ---------- 
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>
Net sales ...................................   $ 557,422   $ 581,463    $ 682,624 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy 
  and distribution expenses  ................    (384,843)   (398,659)    (468,347) 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Gross profit ................................     172,579     182,804      214,277 
Selling, general and 
  administrative expenses  ..................    (135,011)   (134,715)    (159,625) 
Service charge income .......................      20,003       8,515       10,523 
Store opening and closure costs .............        (199)     (5,647)      (3,689) 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Operating income ............................      57,372      50,957       61,486 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Interest income .............................       1,230       1,684          781 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Interest expense: 
Related party ...............................      (6,038)     (2,902)      (4,355) 
Other .......................................     (29,985)    (37,118)     (38,555) 
Amortization of debt issue costs ............      (1,584)     (1,674)      (1,860) 
                                                ---------   ---------    ---------  
                                                  (37,607)    (41,694)     (44,770) 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Income before income tax and 
  extraordinary item  .......................      20,995      10,947       17,497 
Income tax expense ..........................      (7,569)     (4,317)      (6,767) 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Income before extraordinary item ............      13,426       6,630       10,730 
Extraordinary item--early 
  extinguishment of debt  ...................     (16,208)       (308)       -- 
                                                ---------   ---------    ---------
Net income (loss) ...........................   $  (2,782)  $   6,322    $  10,730 
                                                =========   =========    ========= 
Earnings (loss) per common share data: 
Income before extraordinary item ............   $  13,426   $   6,630    $  10,730 
Dividends and accretion on mandatorily 
  redeemable preferred stock  ...............      (2,297)      --           -- 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Earnings before extraordinary item 
  applicable to common stock  ...............   $  11,129   $   6,630    $  10,730 
                                                =========   =========    ========= 
Earnings per common share before 
  extraordinary item  .......................   $    0.81   $    0.49    $    0.78 
Extraordinary item--early 
  extinguishment of debt  ...................       (1.18)      (0.02)          -- 
                                                ---------   ---------    --------- 
Earnings (loss) per common share after 
  extraordinary item  .......................   $   (0.37)  $    0.47    $    0.78 
                                                =========   =========    ========= 
Weighted average common shares 
  outstanding  ..............................      13,663      13,479       13,680 
                                                =========   =========    ========= 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-9 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                     Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
                                (in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Fiscal Year 
                                                             -------------------------------- 
                                                               1993        1994       1995 
                                                             ---------    -------   --------- 
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities: 
 Net income (loss) ......................................   $  (2,782)  $  6,322    $ 10,730 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash 
 provided by operating activities: 
  Depreciation and amortization .........................       9,259      9,997      12,816 
  Deferred income taxes .................................      (2,783)    (3,608)     (4,065) 
  Accretion of discount .................................       5,796     12,286      13,940 
  Amortization of debt issue costs ......................       1,584      1,674       1,860 
  Issuance of long-term debt in lieu of interest payment.       1,214        282         147 
  Loss on early extinguishment of debt ..................      25,032        474          -- 
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
   Increase in accounts receivable ......................     (18,822)    (5,378)    (20,206) 
   Increase in merchandise inventories ..................     (10,862)   (14,077)    (31,650) 
   Increase in other assets .............................      (5,907)    (2,599)     (4,112) 
   Increase (decrease) in accounts receivable sold ......     147,100     (7,100)     25,000 
   Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities..       6,388     11,532       1,794 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
     Total adjustments ..................................     157,999      3,483      (4,476) 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
   Net cash provided by operating activities ............     155,217      9,805       6,254 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities: 
 Decrease (increase) in restricted investments ..........      (2,150)    10,812        (100) 
 Acquisitions, net of cash acquired .....................          --    (20,840)     (1,167) 
 Payments to former Bealls and Palais Royal shareholders.        (252)        --          -- 
 Additions to property, equipment and leasehold 
  improvements  .........................................      (8,503)   (19,706)    (28,638) 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
   Net cash used in investing activities ................     (10,905)   (29,734)    (29,905) 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 
 Proceeds from: 
  Short-term debt .......................................      19,135         --          -- 
  Long-term debt ........................................     352,041         --      16,458 
  Common stock ..........................................         325         97          68 
 Payments on: 
  Working capital facility ..............................      (1,000)        --          -- 
  Short-term debt .......................................     (24,992)        --          -- 
  Long-term debt ........................................    (337,254)   (10,442)       (266) 
 Redemption of redeemable preferred stock ...............     (19,797)        --          -- 
 Redemption of common stock .............................         (33)        --        (122) 
 Additions to debt issue costs ..........................     (14,035)      (448)       (807) 
 Dividends paid .........................................     (74,804)        --          -- 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...    (100,414)   (10,793)     15,331 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ..      43,898    (30,722)     (8,320) 
Cash and cash equivalents: 
 Beginning of year ......................................      15,417     59,315      28,593 
                                                            ---------   --------    -------- 
 End of year ............................................   $  59,315   $ 28,593    $ 20,273 
                                                            =========   ========    ======== 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-10 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
               Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Continued) 
                                (in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Fiscal Year 
                                                                              ------------------------------ 
                                                                                1993       1994       1995 
                                                                              -------    --------   -------- 
<S>                                                                           <C>       <C>         <C>
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Interest paid ....................................................            $30,142   $ 28,814    $27,845 
                                                                              =======   ========    ======== 
Income taxes paid ................................................            $ 3,857   $  5,198    $ 5,939 
                                                                              =======   ========    ======== 
Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing 
  activities: 

   The Company purchased a significant portion of the assets of Beall- 
   Ladymon, Inc. for $20,840 in cash during 1994. In addition, the Company 
   purchased Mammouth, Inc. and Szolds, Inc. ("Szolds") for $1,067 and $493, 
   respectively, during 1995. Pursuant to the Szolds purchase agreement, $393 
   was paid at closing to Szolds during February 1996. In conjunction with 
   these acquisitions, liabilities were assumed as follows: 

Fair value allocated to assets acquired ..........................            $   --    $ 24,043    $ 1,702 
Cash paid for assets acquired, including acquisition expenses ....                --     (20,840)    (1,167) 
Purchase price payable at closing ................................                --          --       (393) 
                                                                              ------    --------    ------- 
Liabilities assumed ..............................................            $   --    $  3,203    $   142 
                                                                              ======    ========    ======= 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-11 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
               Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Deficit 
                   (in thousands, except numbers of shares) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Common Stock 
                                  ------------------------------------------ 
                                                              Class B 
                                                         ------------------- 
                                   Shares                 Shares              Additional Paid-in  Accumulated 
                                Outstanding   Amount   Outstanding  Amount         Capital           Deficit      Total 
                                ------------ --------  ------------ ------    ------------------  ------------   --------- 
<S>                              <C>            <C>      <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, January 30, 1993 ...    10,559,167     $106     1,468,750     $15         $  899         $(10,625)      $ (9,605) 

Net loss ....................            --       --            --      --             --           (2,782)        (2,782) 
Dividends on preferred stock             --       --            --      --             --           (1,596)        (1,596) 
Dividends on common stock ...            --       --            --      --             --          (74,804)       (74,804) 
Accretion on preferred stock             --       --            --      --             --             (701)          (701) 
Tax benefits from stock 
  option activity  ...........           --       --            --      --          2,037               --          2,037 
Adjustment for minimum 
  pension liability  .........           --       --            --      --             --             (568)          (568) 
Issuance of stock ...........       783,998        7            --      --            318               --            325 
Retirement of stock .........       (10,024)      --            --      --            (33)              -             (33) 
                                 ----------      ---     ---------     ---         -------        --------        ------- 
Balance, January 29, 1994 ...    11,333,141      113     1,468,750      15          3,221          (91,076)       (87,727) 

Net income ..................            --       --            --      --             --            6,322          6,322 
Vested compensatory stock 
  options  ...................           --       --            --      --            247               --            247 
Adjustment for minimum 
  pension liability  .........           --       --            --      --             --             (132)          (132) 
Issuance of stock ...........        48,000       --            --      --             97               --             97 
                                 ----------      ---     ---------     ---        -------         --------        ------- 
Balance, January 28, 1995 ...    11,381,141      113     1,468,750      15          3,565          (84,886)       (81,193) 

Net income ..................            --       --            --      --             --           10,730         10,730 
Vested compensatory stock 
  options  ...................           --       --            --      --            284               --            284 
Adjustment for minimum 
  pension liability  .........           --       --            --      --             --           (2,081)        (2,081) 
Issuance of stock ...........       121,621        2            --      --             66               --             68 
Retirement of stock .........       (31,860)      --            --      --           (122)              --           (122) 
                                 ----------     ----     ---------     ---         ------         --------        ------- 
Balance, February 3, 1996 ...    11,470,902     $115     1,468,750     $15         $3,793         $(76,237)      $(72,314) 
                                 ==========     ====     =========     ===         ======         ========       ======== 
</TABLE>

        The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement. 

                                     F-12 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

      Description of Business: Stage Stores, Inc. (formerly Apparel Retailers,
               Inc.) was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on June 17,
               1993 at the direction of the stockholders of Specialty Retailers,
               Inc. as a part of an overall refinancing and distribution plan
               (see Note 5). As a part of this plan, the stockholders of
               Specialty Retailers, Inc. exchanged all of their common stock for
               Stage Stores, Inc. common stock with identical terms and
               conditions. Stage Stores, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and
               their subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the "Company".
               When the distinction is necessary, "Stage Stores" refers to Stage
               Stores, Inc. and "SRI" refers to Specialty Retailers, Inc. SRI
               operates family apparel stores primarily under the names
               "Bealls", "Palais Royal" and "Stage" offering branded fashion
               apparel and accessories for women, men and children. The Company
               currently operates 268 stores in thirteen states located
               throughout the central United States.

      Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include
               the accounts of Stage Stores and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
               subsequent to June 17, 1993. Prior to June 17, 1993, the
               consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SRI and
               its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany
               transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

               On October 31, 1994, Palais Royal, Inc., a wholly-owned
               subsidiary of the Company, purchased a significant portion of the
               assets of the Beall-Ladymon Corporation ("Beall-Ladymon") for
               $20.8 million in cash. The assets acquired consisted primarily of
               customer accounts receivable and fixed assets. In addition, the
               Company assumed leases for forty-five store locations which the
               Company opened as Stage stores during the first quarter of 1995.
               Beall-Ladymon was a regional apparel retailer which operated
               stores primarily in Louisiana, Arkansas and Mississippi.

               The following unaudited pro forma information gives effect to the
               Beall-Ladymon acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning
               of the periods presented and includes operating activity of
               Beall-Ladymon prior to the beginning of the closure period (in
               thousands, except per common share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Fiscal Year 
                                                     -------------------- 
                                                       1993        1994 
                                                     --------   --------- 
                                                          (unaudited) 
               <S>                                   <C>         <C>
               Net sales                             $609,857    $613,994 
                                                     ========    ======== 
               Income before extraordinary item      $ 13,359    $  4,353 
                                                     ========    ======== 
               Net income (loss)                     $ (2,849)   $  4,045 
                                                     ========    ======== 
               Earnings (loss) per common share      $  (0.40)   $   0.31 
                                                     ========    ======== 
</TABLE>

               The above amounts are based on certain estimates and assumptions
               which the Company believes are reasonable. The pro forma results
               do not purport to be indicative of the results which would have
               occurred if the acquisition had actually taken place at the
               beginning of the periods presented, nor are they necessarily
               indicative of the results of any future periods.

               The Beall-Ladymon acquisition was accounted for under the
               purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the total acquisition
               cost was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
               based upon their estimated fair values. The excess of the
               purchase price over the estimated fair value of such assets and
               liabilities was recognized as goodwill and is being amortized on
               a straight-line basis over fifteen years.

      Fiscal Year: The fiscal years discussed herein end on the Saturday
               nearest to January 31 in the following calendar year. For
               example, references to "1995" mean the fiscal year ended February
               3, 1996. All fiscal years consist of fifty-two weeks except for
               1995 which consists of fifty-three weeks.

                                     F-13 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

      Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in
               conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires
               management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
               amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
               notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      Merchandise Inventories: The Company states its merchandise inventories at
               the lower of cost or market, cost being determined using the
               retail last-in, first-out ("LIFO") method. Market is estimated on
               a pool-by-pool basis.

               The Company believes that the LIFO method, which charges the most
               recent merchandise costs to the results of current operations,
               provides a better matching of current costs with current revenues
               in the determination of operating results. Some companies use the
               retail first-in, first-out ("FIFO") method in valuing their
               inventories. If the retail FIFO method had been used, inventories
               at January 28, 1995 and February 3, 1996 would have been higher
               by $0.4 million and lower by $3.5 million, respectively.

      Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements: Property, equipment and
               leasehold improvements are stated at cost and depreciated over
               their estimated useful lives using the straight line method. The
               estimated useful lives of leasehold improvements do not exceed
               the term, including renewal options, of the related lease. The
               estimated useful lives in years are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    <S>                                           <C>
                    Buildings                                     20-25 
                    Store and office fixtures and equipment        7-12 
                    Warehouse equipment                            5-15 
                    Favorable leases and leasehold improvements   15-50 
                      
</TABLE>

      Income Taxes: The provision for income taxes is computed based on the
               pretax income included in the consolidated statement of
               operations. The asset and liability approach is used to recognize
               deferred tax liabilities and assets for the expected future tax
               consequences of temporary differences between the carrying
               amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities.

      Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share: Earnings or loss per common share is
               computed based upon net income or loss adjusted for dividends and
               accretion on preferred stock. Common stock options outstanding
               are treated as common stock equivalents in the computation of
               earnings or loss per common share using the treasury stock
               method. The fair value of the Company's common stock is
               determined in good faith by the Board of Directors based upon the
               historical and projected financial performance of the Company.
               Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting
               Bulletins and Staff policy, common stock options issued during
               the twelve months prior to the proposed initial public offering
               have been included in the calculation of earnings (loss) per
               common share as if such options were outstanding for all periods
               presented.

      Debt Issue Costs: Debt issue costs are accounted for as a deferred
               charge and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of
               the related issue.

      Goodwill and Other Intangibles: The Company amortizes goodwill and
               intangible assets on a straight- line basis over the estimated
               future periods benefited, not to exceed forty years. Amortization
               periods for goodwill and other intangibles associated with
               acquisitions are currently five to forty years. Each year, the
               Company evaluates the remaining useful life associated with
               goodwill based upon, among other things, historical and expected
               long-term results of operations. Accumulated amortization of
               goodwill was $3.7 million and $4.7 million at January 28, 1995
               and February 3, 1996, respectively.

      Store Pre-Opening Expenses: Pre-opening expenses of new stores are
               deferred and charged to operations in the year the store opens.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

      Advertising Expenses: Advertising costs are charged to operations when the
               related advertising first takes place. Advertising costs were
               $22.3 million, $22.3 million, and $25.9 million for 1993, 1994
               and 1995, respectively. Prepaid advertising costs were $0.6
               million and $0.5 million at January 28, 1995 and February 3,
               1996, respectively.

      Statement of Cash Flows: The Company considers highly liquid investments
               with initial maturities of less than three months to be cash
               equivalents in its statement of cash flows.

      Financial Instruments: The Company records all financial instruments at
               cost. The fair values of accounts receivable and accounts payable
               approximate cost.

      Impairment of Assets: The Company has not elected early adoption of
               Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 121 ("SFAS 121"),
               "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for
               Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS 121 becomes effective
               beginning with the Company's first quarter of 1996. The Company
               does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 121 will have a
               material effect on the Company's financial position or results of
               operations.

      Stock Based Compensation: The Company has not elected early adoption of
               Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 ("SFAS 123"),
               "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." SFAS 123 becomes
               effective beginning with the Company's first quarter of 1996 and
               will not have a material effect on the Company's financial
               position or results of operations. Upon adoption of SFAS 123, the
               Company will continue to measure compensation plans using the
               intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,
               "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and will provide pro
               forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share as if the
               fair value-based method prescribed by SFAS 123 had been applied
               in measuring compensation expense.

      Reclassifications: The accompanying consolidated financial statements
               include reclassifications from financial statements issued in
               previous years.

NOTE 2 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE 

   Accounts receivable balances were as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              January 28, 1995   February 3, 1996 
                                              ----------------   ---------------- 
      <S>                                     <C>                <C>
      Gross customer accounts receivable ...  $ 210,941          $ 228,354 
      Accounts receivable sold .............   (140,000)          (165,000) 
      Other receivables ....................      2,647              5,146 
                                              ---------          --------- 
                                                 73,588             68,500 
      Less--allowance for doubtful accounts..    (3,232)            (2,760) 
                                              ---------          --------- 
                                              $  70,356          $  65,740 
                                              =========          ========= 
</TABLE>

      During 1993, the Company implemented an accounts receivable securitization
program (the "Accounts Receivable Program") which provides a source of funds
from the sale of accounts receivable to a master trust (the "Trust"). Pursuant
to the Accounts Receivable Program, the Company sells all of the accounts
receivable generated by the holders of the Company's private label credit card
accounts to its wholly-owned subsidiary, SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc.
("SRPC"), on a daily basis. SRPC is a separate limited-purpose subsidiary that
is operated in a fashion intended to ensure that its assets and liabilities are
distinct from those of the Company and its other affiliates as SRPC's creditors
have a claim on its assets prior to becoming available to any creditor of the
Company. SRPC sells, on a daily basis, the accounts receivable purchased from
the Company to the Trust in exchange for cash or a certificate representing an
undivided interest in the Trust. The Trust currently has $165.0 million of term
certificates and a $40.0 million revolving certificate outstanding which
represent undivided interests in the Trust. The holder of the revolving
certificate has agreed to purchase interests in the Trust equal to the amount of
accounts receivable

                                     F-15 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 
in the Trust above the level required to support the term certificates and the
transferor's retained interest (currently $204.1 million), up to a maximum of
$40.0 million. If receivable balances in the Trust fall below the level required
to support the term certificates and revolving certificates, certain principal
collections may be retained in the Trust until such time as the receivable
balances exceed the certificates then outstanding and the required transferor's
interest. The Company owns an undivided interest in the accounts receivable in
the Trust not represented by the term or revolving certificates and continues to
service all of the accounts receivable in the Trust. The Trust may issue
additional series of certificates from time to time. Terms of any future series
will be determined at the time of issuance. The outstanding balances of the term
certificates totaled $140.0 million and $165.0 at January 28, 1995 and February
3, 1996, respectively. There was no portion of the revolving certificate
outstanding at January 28, 1995 and February 3, 1996.

   Total accounts receivable sold to the Trust during 1993, 1994 and 1995 
were $285.1 million, $278.6 million and $306.8 million, respectively. The 
cash flows generated from the accounts receivable in the Trust are dedicated 
to (i) the purchase of new accounts receivable generated by the Company, (ii) 
payment of a return on the certificates and (iii) the payment of a servicing 
fee to SRI. Any remaining cash flows are remitted to the Company. The term 
certificates entitle the holders to receive a return, based upon the London 
Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), plus a specified margin paid on a quarterly 
basis. Principal payments commence in December 31, 1999 but can be 
accelerated upon occurrence of certain events. The revolving certificate 
entitles the holder to receive a return based upon a floating LIBOR rate, 
plus a specified margin, or prime rate, at the option of the Company paid on 
a monthly basis. The Company is currently protected against increases above 
12% under an agreement entered into with a bank. The Company is exposed to 
loss in the event of non-performance by the bank. However, the Company does 
not anticipate non-performance by the bank. At February 3, 1996, the average 
rate of return on the term certificates was 6.8%. The purchase commitment for 
the Revolving certificate is five years, subject to renewal at the option of 
the parties. The revolving certificate holders are entitled to repayment in 
the event the accounts receivable decrease below that required to support 
such certificates. 

   Subsequent to the implementation of the Accounts Receivable Program in 
1993, the Company's financial statements do not reflect accounts receivable, 
finance charge income, bad debt expense or servicing costs attributable to 
the Trust accounts receivable supporting the outstanding term or revolving 
certificates. The Company recognized an initial gain of $2.7 million on the 
sale of accounts receivable during 1993 which was reflected as a reduction of 
selling, general and administrative expenses. Subsequent gains on the sale of 
accounts receivable were not material. 

   The provision for doubtful accounts was $6.6 million, $2.6 million and 
$3.8 million for 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively. The provision for 
doubtful accounts does not reflect the Company's recourse obligations under 
the Accounts Receivable Program which have been included in the calculation 
of the gain on the sale of accounts receivable. 

NOTE 3 - PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS 

      Property, equipment and leasehold improvements were as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       January 28, 1995      February 3, 1996 
                                       ----------------      ---------------- 
      <S>                                 <C>                    <C>
      Land ..........................     $  3,074               $  3,074 
      Buildings .....................       16,313                 16,313 
      Fixtures and equipment ........       72,624                 88,794 
      Leasehold improvements ........       37,542                 49,290 
                                          --------               -------- 
                                           129,553                157,471 
      Less--accumulated depreciation..     (53,951)               (64,353) 
                                          --------               -------- 
                                          $ 75,602               $ 93,118 
                                          ========               ======== 
</TABLE>

      Depreciation expense was $8.3 million, $8.5 million and $10.8 million for
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

                                     F-16 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 4 - STORE CLOSURES 

      During 1994, the Company approved a store closure plan (the "Store Closure
Plan") which provided for the closure of forty Fashion Bar stores. These stores
were primarily located in major regional malls within the Denver area.
Management determined that the merchandising strategy and market positions of
such stores were not compatible with the Company's overall merchandising
philosophies or growth strategy. The Company accrued $5.2 million for the
expected costs associated with the Store Closure Plan which include: occupancy
($4.2 million); severance ($0.4 million); write-off of fixed assets and other
intangibles ($0.9 million); other expenses ($0.8 million) and the write-off of
negative goodwill ($1.1 million) allocated to the stores to be closed. The
Company substantially completed the Store Closure Plan during 1995. At January
28, 1995 and February 3, 1996, the balance of the Store Closure Plan accrual was
$4.8 million and $1.0 million, respectively, primarily reflecting the lease
costs associated with closed stores. During 1995, the Company charged $3.8
million to the accrual.

       Net sales and operating income attributable to the stores closed were 
as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Fiscal Year 
                                ------------------------- 
                                  1993      1994      1995 
                                -------    ------     ----- 
       <S>                       <C>       <C>        <C>
       Net sales ..............  $25,442   $23,174    $605 
                                 =======   =======    ==== 
       Operating income (loss).  $  (213)  $   618    $ 32 
                                 =======   =======    ==== 
</TABLE>

      At the date of the acquisition of Bealls, the Company undertook a
centralization and consolidation program which included the expected closure of
twenty-six store locations (the "Store Closure Program") and certain operating
facilities, as well as the consolidation of certain duplicate administrative and
distribution functions. At January 30, 1993, twenty-one stores remained in the
Store Closure Program, sixteen of which had been closed. During 1993, based on
the Company's ongoing assessment of scheduled store closures, the remaining five
open stores were removed from the Store Closure Program. As a result of the
removal of these five stores from the Store Closure Program, the Company reduced
its consolidation and centralization accrual by $2.3 million. Of this amount,
$1.1 million, before applicable taxes, was credited to goodwill and the
remaining $1.2 million credited to long-term liabilities to reflect the ongoing
adverse lease commitments associated with the removed stores. At January 28,
1995 and February 3, 1996, the balance of the consolidation and centralization
accrual was $4.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, primarily reflecting
the lease costs associated with closed stores. During 1993, 1994 and 1995, the
Company charged $0.8 million, $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively, to
the accrual.

NOTE 5 - LONG-TERM DEBT 

      Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      January 28,1995   February 3, 1996 
                                                                      -------------     ---------------- 
      <S>                                                               <C>             <C>
      Held by third parties: 
      SRI Senior Notes ...............................................  $ 90,800        $ 85,800 
      SRI Senior Subordinated Notes, net of discount .................   100,000         116,530 
      Revolving Credit Agreement .....................................        --              -- 
      Bealls Holding Subordinated Notes, net of discount .............    10,686          11,319 
      FB Holdings Subordinated Notes, net of discount ................     3,939           4,125 
      Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures, net of discount..     6,095           6,221 
      Port Arthur IDRB ...............................................     2,117           2,002 
      Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures, net of discount .......    96,748         109,817 
      Other long term debt ...........................................       451             301 
                                                                        --------        -------- 
                                                                         310,836         336,115 
      Less--current maturities ......................................       (261)           (276) 
                                                                        -------         -------- 
                                                                        $310,575        $335,839 
                                                                        ========        ======== 
      Held by related party: 
      SRI Senior Notes ..............................................   $ 39,200        $ 44,200 
                                                                        ========        ======== 
</TABLE>

                                     F-17 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

      During 1993, the Company completed its refinancing (the "Refinancing")
which included (i) the replacement of SRI's existing accounts receivable
facility with the Accounts Receivable Program and (ii) the issuance of SRI 10%
Senior Notes Due 2000 (the "SRI Senior Notes") and SRI 11% Series B Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2003 (the "SRI Series B Senior Subordinated Notes"). The
proceeds from the Refinancing were used primarily to replace certain previously
outstanding debt. As a result of the Refinancing, the Company recorded an
extraordinary charge of $16.2 million net of applicable income taxes of $8.8
million during 1993.

      Concurrent with the Refinancing, the Company completed its distribution
plan which included the issuance of $149.1 million principal amount of 12 3/4%
Senior Discount Debentures Due 2005 (the "Stage Stores Senior Discount
Debentures"); the proceeds of which were used primarily to make a distribution
to the shareholders of Stage Stores.

      The SRI Senior Notes were originally issued with a principal amount of
$150.0 million and bear interest at 10% payable semi-annually on February 15 and
August 15. The Company is required to make a mandatory sinking fund payment on
August 15, 1999 equal to twenty five percent of the original principal amount.
The Company has purchased $20.0 million of the SRI Senior Notes which satisfied
a portion of the August 15, 1999 sinking fund requirement. The SRI Senior Notes
are general unsecured obligations and rank senior to all subordinated debt of
the Company including the SRI Senior Subordinated Notes.

      The SRI Series B Senior Subordinated Notes were originally issued with a
principal amount of $100.0 million and bear interest at 11% payable
semi-annually on February 15 and August 15. SRI is required to make a mandatory
sinking fund payment on August 15, 2002 equal to forty percent of the original
principal amount. The SRI Series B Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated to
the obligations under the SRI Senior Notes.

      During 1995, SRI issued $18.3 million in aggregate principal amount of SRI
11% Series D Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2003 (the "SRI Series D Senior
Subordinated Notes"). The SRI Series D Senior Subordinated Notes were issued at
a discount of $1.8 million and bear interest at 11% payable semi-annually on
February 15 and August 15 of each year. The original issue discount is being
charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the effective
interest method. The combination of coupon interest payments and original issue
discount results in an effective interest rate of 13.0%. SRI is required to make
a mandatory sinking fund payment on September 15, 2002 equal to forty percent of
the original aggregate principal amount of the SRI Series D Senior Subordinated
Notes. The SRI Series D Senior Subordinated Notes rank pari passu with the
existing SRI Series B Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, the "SRI Senior
Subordinated Notes").

      The SRI Senior Notes and SRI Senior Subordinated Notes contain restrictive
covenants which, among other things (i) limit SRI's ability to sell certain
assets, pay dividends, retire its common stock or retire certain debt, (ii)
limit its ability to incur additional debt or issue stock and (iii) limit
certain related party transactions.

      SRI has a revolving credit agreement with a bank (the "Credit Agreement")
under which it may draw up to $25.0 million. Of this amount, up to $15.0 million
may be used to support letters of credit. As of February 3, 1996, $8.4 million
of the total commitment was used to collateralize letters of credit resulting in
available funds of $16.6 million. The Company also has a separate agreement with
the bank under which it may borrow an additional $10.0 million for seasonal
working capital needs (the "Seasonal Credit Agreement" and together with the
Credit Agreement, the "Revolving Credit Agreement"). Funds are available under
the Seasonal Credit Agreement from August 15 through January 15 of each calendar
year (the "Seasonal Period"). The Revolving Credit Agreement is available
through February 3, 1998 and provides for a commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% of the
average daily unused portion of the commitment amount paid on a quarterly basis.
Interest is charged on outstanding loans at a base rate plus a specified margin.
The base rate is the higher of the bank's prime rate or 1/2 of 1% above the
Federal Funds Effective Rate. The specified margin range is 1.25% to 2.75% based
on calculated debt service ratios as defined in the agreement. During 1995, the
availability under the Credit Agreement was never less than $4.5 million. During
the Seasonal Period, the availability under the Revolving Credit Agreement was
never less than $11.5 million. The Revolving Credit Agreement contains covenants
which, among other things, restricts the (i) incurrence of additional

                                     F-18 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

debt, (ii) purchase of certain investments, (iii) payment of dividends, (iv) 
formation of certain business combinations, (v) disposition of certain 
assets, (vi) acquisition of subordinated debt, (vii) use of proceeds received 
under the agreement, (viii) aggregate amount of capital expenditures 
(including any expenditures made in connection with any permitted 
acquisitions) to $31.0 million during 1995 and (iv) certain transactions with 
related parties. The Revolving Credit Agreement also requires that SRI 
maintain a debt service ratio above a predetermined level. The Revolving 
Credit Agreement is secured by SRI's distribution center located in 
Jacksonville, Texas, including equipment located therein, a pledge of SRPC 
stock and a pledge of the Company's trademarks. The net book value of the 
distribution center was approximately $10.7 million at February 3, 1996. 

      The increasing rate Bealls Holding, Inc. ("Bealls Holding") Subordinated
Debentures Due 2002 (the "Bealls Holding Subordinated Debentures") in aggregate
principal amount of approximately $15.0 million bear interest at 10% through
1994, 11% in 1995 and 12% thereafter until maturity. Interest is payable
semi-annually on June 30 and December 31. Original issue discount of $7.3
million is being charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the
effective interest method. The combination of coupon interest payments and
original issue discount results in an effective interest rate of 20.9%. The
Bealls Holding Subordinated Debentures may be prepaid, at the Company's option,
at their face value. The Company is required to redeem the Bealls Holding
Subordinated Debentures beginning no later than December 31, 1997, in no more
than six equal annual installments. The Bealls Holding Subordinated Debentures
are subordinated to all debt except the Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures.
SRI is the primary obligor under these debentures.

      In connection with the acquisition of Fashion Bar, FB Holdings, Inc. ("FB
Holdings") issued approximately $3.6 million aggregate principal amount of 7% FB
Holdings Subordinated Notes Due 2000 ("FB Holdings Subordinated Notes") to
former stockholders of Fashion Bar. The FB Holdings Subordinated Notes were
recorded at their estimated fair value at issuance date of $3.1 million. The
difference between the estimated fair value and principal amount of $0.5 million
is being charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the
effective interest method. The FB Holdings Subordinated Notes are due in two
equal installments on June 30, 1999 and 2000. The FB Holdings Subordinated Notes
may be prepaid at any time in whole or in part at SRI's option. The FB Holdings
Subordinated Notes bear interest at 7% per annum, payable quarterly. The
combination of coupon interest payments and original issue discount results in
an effective interest rate of 9.0%. Prior to and including June 1995, SRI paid
interest in the form of additional FB Holdings Subordinated Notes; thereafter,
interest is being paid in cash. The principal amount of FB Holdings Subordinated
Notes at February 3, 1996 was $4.4 million. The FB Holdings Subordinated Notes
are subordinated to all debt except the Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures.
SRI is the primary obligor under these debentures.

      In connection with the acquisition of Bealls, Bealls Holding issued the 7%
Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures Due 2003 ("Bealls Holding Junior
Subordinated Debentures") at a face value of approximately $12.5 million, net of
discount of approximately $8.4 million. Such discount is being charged to
interest expense over the term to maturity using the effective interest method.
The Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures are limited to an aggregate
principal amount of approximately $18.3 million. Interest is payable
semi-annually on June 30 and December 31. The combination of coupon interest
payments and original issue discount results in an effective interest rate of
39.4%. The principal amount of Bealls Holding Junior Subordinated Debentures
outstanding at February 3, 1996 was $14.3 million. The Bealls Holding Junior
Subordinated Debentures are subordinated to all debt except the Stage Stores
Senior Discount Debentures. SRI is the primary obligor under these debentures.

      The Port Arthur Industrial Development Revenue Bond (the "Port Arthur
IDRB") bears interest at 75% of the prime rate payable monthly. The interest
rate applicable to the Port Arthur IDRB at February 3, 1996 was 6.6%. The Port
Arthur IDRB is collateralized by a building with a net book value of
approximately $1.7 million. Under a separate agreement, SRI is required to make
scheduled annual sinking fund payments ranging from $0.1 million to $0.2
million.

      The Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures were issued with a principal
amount of approximately $149.1 million. The debentures were sold at a discount
of approximately $69.1 million. Substantially all of the net proceeds

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 
from the Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures were used to make cash 
payments to the holders of Stage Stores common stock equal to $5.85 per 
share. Interest begins to accrue in August 1998 and is payable semi-annually 
on February 15 and August 15 commencing February 15, 1999. The discount is 
being charged to interest expense over the term to maturity using the 
effective interest method which, together with the coupon interest, results 
in a 12.74% effective interest rate. The Stage Stores Senior Discount 
Debentures contain restrictions which, among other things, limits (i) the 
payment of dividends, (ii) the repurchase of stock and subordinated debt, 
(iii) the acquisition of additional debt or the creation of certain liens, 
(iv) disposition of certain assets and (v) certain related party and 
intercompany transactions. The Stage Stores Senior Discount Debentures are 
secured by all of the issued and outstanding common stock of SRI and is 
subordinated to all debt. 

      Aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the next five years are:
1996--$0.3 million; 1997--$2.1 million; 1998--$2.1 million; 1999--$21.7 million
and 2000--$116.6 million.

      Management estimates the fair value of its long-term debt to be $325.7
million and $352.3 million at January 28, 1995 and February 3, 1996,
respectively. In developing its estimates, management considered quoted market
prices for each instrument, if available, current market interest rates in
relation to the coupon interest rates of each instrument, the relative
subordination of each instrument and the relative liquidity of the instrument as
indicated by the presence or lack of an active market.

NOTE 6 - MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK 

      In connection with the Refinancing in 1993 (see Note 5), the Company
redeemed all of the outstanding shares of its 15% cumulative senior redeemable
preferred stock and 14% cumulative junior redeemable preferred stock (8,080 and
2,000 shares, respectively) at the aggregate of their liquidation value plus
accrued and unpaid dividends amounting to $16.0 million and $3.8 million,
respectively.

NOTE 7 - STOCK OPTION PLAN 

      During 1993, the Company adopted the Third Amended and Restated Stock
Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan") which was designed to provide incentives
to present and future key employees and advisors to the Company (the
"Participants") as selected by the compensation committee of the Board of
Directors (the "Board"). Options to purchase shares of the Company's common
stock may be granted to any Participant at any time, at such price and on such
terms as established by the Board. Options granted under the Stock Option Plan
may be either non- qualified or incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the
meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code or in a form consistent
with the Stock Option Plan as the Board may determine. All outstanding options
are non- qualified.

      The number of shares of common stock which may be granted under the Stock
Option Plan shall not exceed 2,000,000 shares. All Options issued as ISOs under
the Stock Option Plan are required to (i) have an exercise price not less than
100% of the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant, (ii) not be
exercisable more than 10 years after grant date, (iii) be nontransferable and
(iv) be exercisable only during the holder's employment by the Company or a
period not exceeding three months following termination thereof. Options which
are not ISOs may provide that the holder receive cash equal to the excess of the
fair market value per share of common stock at the exercise date over the
exercise price per share, in lieu of issuance of common stock upon exercise of
the option. Upon termination of the Participant's employment with the Company,
the Company may, at its option, repurchase any vested common stock obtained
under the Stock Option Plan at the fair market value of the common stock. Any
unvested common stock obtained under the Stock Option Plan may be repurchased at
the Company's option, at the original issuance cost of the common stock. The
Stock Option Plan also provides that the Company may sell to any Participant
shares of common stock or preferred stock consistent with the Plan and at the
discretion of the Board.

      During 1993, all of SRI's options with an exercise price of $0.10 were
exercised. Additionally, the Board granted active Participants who exercised
such options one Stage Stores option with an exercise price of $2.15

                                     F-20 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 
for every ten SRI options exercised. All of SRI's options with an exercise 
price of $5.00 remained outstanding and were exchanged for Stage Stores 
options with an exercise price of $0.10 and the right to receive a 
distribution of $0.95 per option which will be paid as the options vest. This 
distribution is being recognized as compensation expense over the vesting 
period. 

      The range of prices for options exercised during 1995 was $0.10 to $2.15
per share. The range of prices for options outstanding at the end of 1995 was
$0.10 to $5.00 per share.

      A summary of the activity in the Stock Option Plan follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Fiscal Year 
                                                   --------------------------------- 
                                                     1993       1994         1995 
                                                   --------    -------   ---------- 
      <S>                                           <C>         <C>       <C>
      Options outstanding at beginning of year ...   863,625    571,082      743,012 
       Granted ...................................   457,227    197,050      431,880 
       Surrendered ...............................   (13,045)   (22,240)      (7,849) 
       Exercised .................................  (736,725)    (2,880)    (105,551) 
                                                    --------    -------    --------- 
      Options outstanding at end of year .........   571,082    743,012    1,061,492 
                                                    ========    =======    ========= 
      Options vested at end of year ..............        --    130,570      254,790 
                                                    ========    =======    ========= 
      Options exercisable at end of year .........        --    130,570      254,790 
                                                    ========    =======    ========= 
</TABLE>

NOTE 8 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

      Pension benefits for employees are provided under the SRI Retirement Plan
(the "Plan"), a qualified benefit plan. Benefits are administered through a
Trust arrangement which provides monthly payments or lump sum distributions. The
Plan covers substantially all employees who have completed one year of service
with one thousand hours of service. Benefits under the plan are based upon a
percentage of the participant's earnings during each year of credited service.

      The following sets forth the funded status of the Plan and the amounts
recognized in the consolidated financial statements (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      January 28, 1995     February 3, 1996 
                                                                      ----------------     ---------------- 
      <S>                                                             <C>                  <C>
      Actuarial present value of benefits: 
       Vested benefit obligations ................................    $(18,590)            $(24,680) 
                                                                      ========             ======== 
       Accumulated benefit obligations ...........................    $(19,630)            $(25,790) 
                                                                      ========             ======== 
      Projected benefit obligations ..............................    $(24,530)            $(32,240) 
      Market value of Plan assets, primarily fixed income and 
       equity securities  ........................................      16,320               20,000 
                                                                      --------             -------- 
      Pension obligations in excess of assets ....................      (8,210)             (12,240) 
      Unrecognized prior service income ..........................         (34)                 (28) 
      Unrecognized net loss ......................................       6,078               10,948 
      Adjustment required to recognize minimum liability .........      (1,144)              (4,470) 
                                                                      --------             -------- 
      Accrued pension cost .......................................    $ (3,310)            $ (5,790) 
                                                                      ========             ======== 
      Assumptions utilized in determining projected obligations 
       and funding amounts: 
      Discount rate ..............................................        8.75%                7.00% 
      Rate of increase in compensation levels ....................        4.00%                4.00% 
      Expected long-term rate of return on Plan assets ...........        9.00%                9.00% 
</TABLE>

      The Company's funding policy for the Plan is to contribute the minimum
amount required by applicable regulations. During 1993, 1994 and 1995, in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.

                                     F-21 
<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

87, the Company recorded adjustments of $1.1 million, $0.2 million and $3.2 
million to recognize the excess of the accumulated benefit obligation over 
the market value of the Plan assets, respectively. Accordingly, the Company 
recorded a charge to retained earnings of $0.6 million, $0.1 million and $2.1 
million, net of applicable tax and unrecognized prior service cost, for 1993, 
1994 and 1995, respectively. 

      The components of pension cost for the Plan were as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Fiscal Year 
                                              ---------------------------- 
                                                1993      1994       1995 
                                               ------    ------   -------- 
     <S>                                      <C>       <C>       <C>
     Service cost .........................   $   743   $   887    $   771 
     Interest cost ........................     1,861     1,995      2,139 
     Actual loss (return) on Plan assets...    (1,955)      940     (3,377) 
     Net amortization and deferral ........       409    (2,174)     2,292 
                                              -------   -------    ------- 
                                              $ 1,058   $ 1,648    $ 1,825 
                                              =======   =======    ======= 
</TABLE>

      Prior to its acquisition, Beall Brothers, Inc. sponsored an unfunded,
nonqualified Benefit Restoration Plan which provided certain key executives
defined pension benefits in excess of limits imposed by federal tax law. In
February 1989, this plan was terminated. The recorded liability for this plan
was $1.3 million at February 3, 1996.

NOTE 9 - OPERATING LEASES 

      The Company leases stores, service center facilities, the corporate
headquarters and equipment under operating leases. A number of store leases
provide for escalating minimum rent. Rental expense is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the life of such leases. The majority of the Company's
store leases provide for contingent rentals, generally based upon a percentage
of gross sales. The Company has renewal options for most of its store leases;
such leases generally require that the Company pay for utilities, taxes and
maintenance expense. A summary of rental expense associated with operating
leases follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Fiscal Year 
                                            ---------------------------- 
                                              1993      1994       1995 
                                            -------   -------   -------- 
      <S>                                   <C>       <C>       <C>
      Minimum rentals ....................  $22,319   $22,979    $26,943 
      Contingent rentals .................    2,818     2,874      2,618 
      Equipment rentals ..................    1,273       784        593 
                                            -------   -------    ------- 
                                            $26,410   $26,637    $30,154 
                                            =======   =======    ======= 
</TABLE>                   

      Minimum rental commitments on long-term operating leases at February 3,
1996, net of sub-leases, are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      <S>                                         <C>
      Fiscal Year: 
         1996 ..................................  $ 28,307 
         1997 ..................................    27,028 
         1998 ..................................    25,146 
         1999 ..................................    23,527 
         2000 ..................................    20,233 
         Thereafter ............................    84,999 
                                                  -------- 
                                                  $209,240 
                                                  ======== 
</TABLE>
      The Company's corporate headquarters and six Palais Royal stores are
leased from a partnership in which a Company director is a general partner. The
lease relating to the corporate headquarters is for a term of fifty years
expiring in 2032 and includes an established minimum annual rate adjusted every
three years for changes in the Consumer Price Index. Three of the Palais Royal
store leases are for terms of twenty years expiring between 1999 and 2000. The
remaining three store leases are for terms of twenty-five years expiring between
2005 and 2010.
                                     F-22 

<PAGE>

                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                       (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.)
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


All of the store leases provide options to extend the term of the lease and 
for contingent rentals based on a percentage of gross sales. The Company 
recognized rental expense of $1.9 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 during 1993, 
1994 and 1995, respectively, for all such leases. Future minimum lease 
payments total $44.7 million, $9.6 million of which is payable over the next 
five fiscal years for all such leases. The Company believes that the terms of 
all such leases are comparable to leases with unaffiliated third parties 
covering similar properties. 

 NOTE 10 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    The Company's corporate headquarters and six Palais Royal stores are leased
from a partnership in which a Company officer is a general partner (see Note 9).

    An affiliate of a principal shareholder of the Company received fees for
professional services rendered and expense reimbursements in the amounts of
$1.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.8 million for 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.

    During 1993, the Company entered into an employment agreement with the
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. As part of this
agreement, the Company agreed to purchase his former residence for subsequent
resale for $1.2 million and loaned $0.3 million to him. Such loan is due
October 2, 1996, subject to extension, and bears a market rate of interest.

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES
    All Company operations are domestic. Income tax expense charged to
continuing operations consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                                          Fiscal Year 
                                                   --------------------------- 
                                                    1993      1994      1995 
                                                   ------    ------   -------- 
     Federal income tax expense (benefit): 
      Current..................................   $ 9,989   $ 7,154    $ 9,772 
      Deferred.................................    (2,362)   (3,794)    (3,630) 
                                                  -------   -------    ------- 
                                                    7,627     3,360      6,142 
                                                  -------   -------    ------- 
    State income tax expense (benefit): 
      Current..................................     1,250       771      1,060 
      Deferred.................................    (1,308)      186       (435) 
                                                  -------   -------    ------- 
                                                      (58)      957        625 
                                                  -------   -------    ------- 
                                                  $ 7,569   $ 4,317    $ 6,767 
                                                  =======   =======    ======= 

   A reconciliation between the federal income tax expense charged to 
continuing operations computed at statutory tax rates and the actual income 
tax expense recorded follows (in thousands): 



                                                             Fiscal Year 
                                                      ------------------------- 
                                                      1993     1994      1995 
                                                      -----    -----   ------- 
    Federal income tax expense at the statutory 
     rate..........................................   $7,348   $3,831    $6,124 
    State income taxes, net........................      125      797       406 
    Permanent differences, net.....................       58     (311)      290 
    Other, net ....................................       38     --         (53)
                                                      ------   ------    ------
                                                      $7,569   $4,317    $6,767 
                                                      ======   ======    ====== 

   The 1993 income tax benefit relating to the extraordinary item of $8.8 
million (see Note 5) is comprised of current federal tax benefit ($7.4 
million), deferred federal tax benefit ($1.3 million) and state tax benefit 
($0.1 million). The 1994 income tax benefit relating to the extraordinary 
item associated with the retirement of the SRI Senior Notes (see Note 5) is 
comprised of $0.2 million current federal tax benefit. 

                                     F-23 
<PAGE>
 
                               Stage Stores, Inc.
                       (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.)
             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


Deferred tax liabilities (assets) consist of the following (in thousands): 

                                           January 28, 1995    February 3, 1996
                                           ----------------    ----------------

Gross deferred tax liabilities: 
  Depreciation and amortization .........    $  8,303            $  7,485 
  Inventory reserves ....................       3,175               1,406 
  Gain on sale of accounts receivable             822                 800 
  Other .................................       1,310               1,435 
                                             --------            -------- 
                                               13,610              11,126 
                                             --------            -------- 
Gross deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts ......       (3,174)             (3,302) 
  Accrued consolidation costs ..........       (1,968)             (1,478) 
  Net operating loss carryforwards .....           --                 (82) 
  Original issue discount ..............       (5,640)            (10,042) 
  Accrued expenses .....................       (1,518)               (990) 
  Prepaid expenses .....................           --                  -- 
  Pensions .............................       (1,404)             (2,686) 
  Escalating leases ....................         (962)               (962) 
  Charitable contribution carryforward           (620)               (113) 
  Accrued payroll costs ................       (1,196)               (884) 
  Accrued store closure costs ..........       (2,085)               (558) 
  Other ................................         (975)               (780) 
                                             --------            -------- 
                                              (19,542)            (21,877) 
                                             --------            -------- 
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance            --                  -- 
                                             --------            -------- 
                                             $ (5,932)           $(10,751) 
                                             ========            ======== 

   The utilization of any carryforwards which originated prior to the 
Company's acquisition of Bealls or Fashion Bar are recorded as an adjustment 
to goodwill or other intangibles associated with the respective acquisition. 

NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

   Litigation: The Company is subject to claims and litigation arising in the 
normal course of its business. The Company does not believe that any of these 
proceedings will have a material adverse effect on its financial position, 
its results of operations or its cash flows. 

   Letters of Credit: The Company issues letters of credit to support certain 
merchandise purchases which are required to be collateralized. The Company 
had outstanding letters of credit totaling $8.4 million at February 3, 1996, 
all of which were collateralized by the Revolving Credit Agreement (see Note 
5). These letters of credit expire within twelve months of issuance. 

   Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments which potentially 
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash, 
short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company's cash management 
and investment policies restrict investments to low risk, highly-liquid 
securities and the Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative 
credit standing of the financial institutions with which it deals. The credit 
risk associated with the Company's accounts receivable is limited by the 
large number of customers in the Company's customer base. Substantially all 
of the Company's customers reside in the central United States. 


                                    F-24 
<PAGE>

                                 UHLMANS INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS 
                                 (Unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              February 3,      May 4, 
                                                                1996           1996 
                                                              ----------   ------------ 
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
                          Assets 
Current Assets: 
  Cash ..................................................   $   924,550    $ 1,053,553 
  Trade accounts receivable, net ........................     6,617,576      5,519,214 
  Merchandise inventories ...............................    10,921,994     13,153,610 
  Prepaid expenses ......................................       138,978        250,871 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
      Total current assets ..............................    18,603,098     19,977,248 
Other assets ............................................       227,697        188,567 
Leasehold improvements and equipment: 
  Leasehold improvements ................................     7,299,310      7,009,412 
  Furniture and fixtures ................................     4,229,136      4,344,279 
  Transportation equipment ..............................        53,431         68,148 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                             11,581,877     11,421,839 
  Less allowances for depreciation and amortization .....     7,190,789      7,438,884 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                              4,391,088      3,982,955 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                            $23,221,883    $24,148,770 
                                                            ===========    =========== 
           Liabilities And Stockholders' Equity 
Current liabilities: 
  Trade accounts payable ................................   $ 3,288,528    $ 3,856,710 
  Accrued expenses ......................................       421,904        331,816 
  Compensation and payroll taxes ........................       658,316        606,710 
  State and local taxes .................................       309,630        460,792 
  Interest ..............................................        51,149        101,325 
  Current maturities of long-term liabilities ...........       876,292        856,971 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
      Total current liabilities .........................     5,605,819      6,214,324 
Long-term liabilities, less current maturities:
  Notes payable including notes payable to stockholders 
    and  former stockholders ............................    13,877,904     14,868,909 
  Obligations under deferred compensation arrangements ..       234,748        196,636 
  Pension ...............................................       110,089        147,875 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                             14,222,741     15,213,420 
Deferred credit .........................................         5,133             -- 
Stockholders' equity: 
  Common stock, no par value: 
   Authorized--150,000 shares 
   Outstanding--8,271 shares after deducting 86,069 
    treasury shares, at stated value ....................        82,710         82,710 
  Retained earnings .....................................     3,305,480      2,691,833 
  Reduction for minimum pension liability ...............            --        (53,517) 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                              3,388,190      2,721,026 
                                                            -----------    ----------- 
                                                            $23,221,883    $24,148,770 
                                                            ===========    =========== 

</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
                                 (Unaudited) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Period from     Period from 
                                                                February 1,     February 4, 
                                                               1995 through    1996 through 
                                                                 April 29,        May 4, 
                                                                   1995            1996 
                                                               -------------   ------------- 
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>
Net merchandise sales .....................................    $ 12,068,499     $12,146,694 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy, an
  distribution expenses ...................................     (10,002,967)     (9,855,730) 
                                                               ------------     ----------- 
Gross profit ..............................................       2,065,532       2,290,964 

Selling, general and administrative expenses ..............      (2,982,742)     (2,751,640) 
Service charge income .....................................         222,124         204,128 
                                                               ------------     ----------- 
Operating loss ............................................        (695,086)       (256,548) 

Interest expense ..........................................        (330,000)       (357,062) 
                                                               ------------     ----------- 
Net loss ..................................................    $ (1,025,086)    $  (613,610) 
                                                               ============     =========== 
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                     F-26

<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                  (Unaudited)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    
                                                     Period from    Period from 
                                                      February 1    February 4, 
                                                    1995 through   1996 through 
                                                      April 29,       May 4, 
                                                        1995           1996 
                                                    ------------   ------------- 
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>
Operating activities 
 Net loss .......................................    $(1,025,086)   $  (613,610) 
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash 
  used in operating activities: 
   Depreciation .................................        218,145        221,955 
   Provision for bad debts ......................         49,500         49,500 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: . 
    Trade accounts receivable ...................        791,681        547,214 
    Merchandise inventories .....................     (2,308,468)    (1,858,144) 
    Prepaid expenses and other assets ...........        (54,568)       (50,208) 
    Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses .      1,521,671        917,315 
    Obligations under deferred compensation 
      arrangements  ..............................        --             10,000 
                                                     -----------     ---------- 
      Net cash used in operating activities .....       (807,125)      (775,978) 

Net cash used in investing activities--purchase of
  leasehold improvements and equipment  ..........      (277,448)       (50,667) 

Financing activities 
 Payments on notes payable ......................         (9,661)       (67,625) 
 Net borrowings on revolving line of credit .....      1,000,000      1,100,000 
                                                     -----------    ----------- 
    Net cash provided by financing activities ...        990,339      1,032,375 
                                                     -----------    ----------- 
 Increase (decrease) in cash ....................        (94,234)       205,730 
 Cash at beginning of period ....................        924,550        847,823 
                                                     -----------    ----------- 
 Cash at end of period ..........................    $   830,316    $ 1,053,553 
                                                     ===========    =========== 
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                     F-27 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (Unaudited)
                                  May 4, 1996

(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

    The accompanying unaudited financial statements of Uhlmans Inc. (the
Company) have been prepared in accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X
and do not include all the information and footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Those
adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, that are, in the
opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the
interim periods have been made. The results of operations for such interim
periods are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for a full
year. The unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the audited financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended February
3, 1996 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2) SALE OF COMPANY 

    On June 3, 1996, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Stage Stores, Inc. acquired
all of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock for approximately
$12.0 million. In connection with the acquisition, Stage Stores, Inc. repaid
all of the Company's outstanding indebtedness.

                                     F-28

 <PAGE>
 
                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors 
Uhlmans Inc. 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Uhlmans Inc. as of February
3, 1996 and January 31, 1995, and the related statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended February 3, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Uhlmans Inc. at February 3,
1996 and January 31, 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 3, 1996 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

In fiscal 1996, as described in Note 6 to the financial statements, the 
Company adopted the provisions of FASB Statement No. 106, "Employer's
Accounting for Retirement Benefits Other Than Pensions." 

                                              Ernst & Young LLP 

Toledo, Ohio 
March 22, 1996 

                                     F-29
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                                BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 January 31,   February 3, 
                                                                    1995          1996 
                                                                -----------   ------------- 
<S>                                                             <C>            <C>
                            Assets 
Current Assets: 
  Cash .....................................................    $   924,550    $   847,823 
  Trade accounts receivable, less $100,000 allowance for 
    doubtful accounts  .....................................      6,617,576      6,115,928 
  Merchandise inventories ..................................     10,921,994     11,295,466 
  Prepaid expenses .........................................        138,978        171,978 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
    Total current assets ...................................     18,603,098     18,431,195 
Other assets ...............................................        227,697        217,252 
Leasehold improvements and equipment: 
  Leasehold improvements ...................................      7,299,310      6,969,300 
  Furniture and fixtures ...................................      4,229,136      4,333,724 
  Transportation equipment .................................         53,431         68,148 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                 11,581,877     11,371,172 
  Less allowances for depreciation and amortization ........      7,190,789      7,216,929 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                  4,391,088      4,154,243 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                $23,221,883    $22,802,690 
                                                                ===========    =========== 
             Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current liabilities: 
  Trade accounts payable ...................................    $ 3,288,528    $ 2,939,965 
  Accrued expenses .........................................        421,904        453,496 
  Compensation and payroll taxes ...........................        658,316        654,994 
  State and local taxes ....................................        309,630        321,406 
  Interest .................................................         51,149         70,177 
  Current maturities of long-term liabilities ..............        876,292        924,595 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
    Total current liabilities ...............................     5,605,819      5,364,633 

Long-term liabilities, less current maturities: 
  Notes payable including notes payable to stockholders and 
    former stockholders (Note 2)  ..........................     13,877,904     13,768,910 
  Obligations under deferred compensation arrangements .....        234,748        186,636 
  Pension ..................................................        110,089        147,875 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                 14,222,741     14,103,421 

Deferred credit ............................................          5,133             -- 
Commitments and Contingencies ..............................             --             -- 

Stockholders' equity (Note 3): 
  Common stock, no par value: 
    Authorized--150,000 shares 
    Outstanding--8,271 shares after deducting 86,069 treasury 
     shares, at stated value  ...............................        82,710         82,710   
  Retained earnings .........................................     3,305,480      3,305,443 
  Reduction for minimum pension liability ...................            --        (53,517) 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                  3,388,190      3,334,636 
                                                                -----------    ----------- 
                                                                $23,221,883    $22,802,690 
                                                                ===========    =========== 
</TABLE>

                           See accompanying notes. 

                                     F-30 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                             STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             Period from 
                                                                                              February 1, 
                                                                                             1995 through 
                                                                  Year ended January 31,      February 3, 
                                                                   1994           1995           1996 
                                                              ------------   ------------    ------------ 
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>             <C> 
Net merchandise sales .....................................   $ 57,101,769   $ 60,212,662    $ 59,749,342 
Cost of sales and related buying, occupancy, and 
  distribution  expenses  ..................................   (43,545,216)   (46,559,601)    (46,129,222) 
                                                              ------------   ------------    ------------ 
Gross profit ..............................................     13,556,553     13,653,061      13,620,120 
Selling, general and administrative expenses ..............    (12,096,093)   (11,883,614)    (12,231,712) 
Service charge income .....................................        801,584        874,029         850,852 
                                                              ------------   ------------    ------------ 
Operating income ..........................................      2,262,044      2,643,476       2,239,260 
Interest expense ..........................................     (1,168,260)    (1,431,055)     (1,636,673) 
                                                              ------------   ------------    ------------ 
Net income ................................................   $  1,093,784   $  1,212,421    $    602,587 
                                                              ============   ============    ============ 
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  
                                  
                                                            Reduction 
                                                           for Minimum 
                                      Common Stock          Pension
                                 ----------------------      Stated       Retained      Pension 
                                  Shares        Value       Earnings      Liability      Total 
                                 --------    -----------    ----------    ---------   ------------ 
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Balances at February 1, 1993      27,016     $ 270,160    $ 5,599,966                 $ 5,870,126 
 Net income .................                               1,093,784                   1,093,784 
 Cash distributions to 
   stockholders  .............                               (360,394)                   (360,394) 
 Purchase of common stock for 
   treasury (Note 3)  ........   (18,745)     (187,450)    (3,726,256)                 (3,913,706) 
                                 -------     ---------    -----------    --------     ----------- 
Balances at February 1, 1994       8,271        82,710      2,607,100                   2,689,810 
 Net income .................                               1,212,421                   1,212,421 
 Cash distributions to 
   stockholders  .............                               (514,041)                   (514,041) 
                                 -------     ---------    -----------    --------     ----------- 
Balances at January 31, 1995       8,271        82,710      3,305,480                   3,388,190 
 Net income .................                                 602,587                     602,587 
 Cash distributions to 
   stockholders  .............                               (602,624)                   (602,624) 
 Reduction for minimum 
  pension  liability (Note 5)                                             $(53,517)       (53,517) 
                                 -------     ---------    -----------     --------    ----------- 
Balances at February 3, 1996       8,271     $  82,710    $ 3,305,443     $(53,517)   $ 3,334,636 
                                 =======     =========    ===========     ========    =========== 
</TABLE>

                           See accompanying notes. 

                                     F-32 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       Period from 
                                                                                        February 1, 
                                                                                       1995 through 
                                                            Year ended  January 31,     February 3, 
                                                              1994          1995           1996 
                                                           ----------   ----------    ------------ 
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>
Operating activities 
 Net income ...........................................   $ 1,093,784   $ 1,212,421     $  602,587 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
  provided  by operating activities:
   Depreciation .......................................       876,037       844,625        896,177 
   Provision for bad debts ............................       143,996       135,647        131,678 
   Amortization of deferred credit ....................       (13,000)      (13,000)        (5,133) 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
    Trade accounts receivable .........................      (462,008)       75,559        369,722 
    Merchandise inventories ...........................      (503,840)     (717,111)      (373,768) 
    Prepaid expenses and other assets .................       (30,822)       43,116         51,881 
    Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses .......       529,784       669,810       (258,588) 
    Pension obligations ...............................       (51,320)       34,602       (108,138) 
    Obligations under deferred compensation 
       arrangements  ...................................        4,629       (30,659)       (48,112) 
    Cash value of life insurance ......................        65,413       (10,557)       (12,386) 
                                                          -----------   -----------     ---------- 
      Net cash provided by operating activities .......     1,652,653     2,244,453      1,245,920 

Net cash used in investing activities--purchase of 
   leasehold improvements and equipment  ...............     (762,617)     (860,912)      (659,332) 

Financing activities 
 Borrowings on notes payable ..........................     2,750,000            --            -- 
 Payments on notes payable ............................      (617,158)     (860,692)      (960,691) 
 Distributions to stockholders ........................      (360,394)     (514,041)      (602,624) 
 Purchase of common stock .............................    (2,500,000)           --             -- 
 Net borrowings on revolving line of credit ...........            --            --        900,000 
                                                          -----------   -----------     ---------- 
    Net cash used in financing activities .............      (727,552)   (1,374,733)      (663,315) 
                                                          -----------   -----------     ---------- 
 Increase (decrease) in cash ..........................       162,484         8,808        (76,727) 
 Cash at beginning of year ............................       753,258       915,742        924,550 
                                                          -----------   -----------     ---------- 
 Cash at end of year ..................................   $   915,742   $   924,550     $  847,823 
                                                          ===========   ===========     ========== 
</TABLE>

                           See accompanying notes. 

                                     F-33 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               February 3, 1996

(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNT POLICIES 

Basis of Presentation 

   In fiscal 1996, the Company changed its fiscal year-end to a 
fifty-two/fifty-three week year which ends on the Saturday closest to January 
31. 

Description of Business 

   Uhlmans Inc. (the Company--formerly Fred W. Uhlman and Co.) operates 34 
family apparel stores in Ohio, Michigan and Indiana. 

Management Estimates 

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and 
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Trade Accounts Receivable 

   Retail customer accounts receivable are charged-off in full if no payment 
has been applied against the unpaid balance of the customer's account during 
the last seven months of the fiscal year and no action has been taken by the 
customer to repay the account. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based 
on historical bad debt experience and an evaluation of the past-due status of 
the accounts. The credit risk associated with the Company's accounts 
receivable is limited by the large number of customers in the Company's 
customer base. Substantially all of the Company's customers reside in Ohio, 
Indiana and Michigan. 

Advertising 

   The Company expenses the production costs of advertising as incurred. 
Advertising expense for fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 was approximately 
$1,695,000, $1,650,000 and $1,700,000, respectively. No advertising costs 
have been capitalized by the Company. 

Merchandise Inventories 

   Merchandise inventories are valued by use of the retail method and are 
stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. 

Leasehold Improvements and Equipment 

   Leasehold improvements and equipment (including significant renewals and 
betterments) are capitalized at cost. The Company provides for depreciation 
and amortization by the straight-line method for financial-reporting purposes 
and by accelerated methods for income-tax purposes. Leasehold improvements 
are amortized over 10 years which approximates the lease terms. Equipment is 
depreciated over its useful life (generally 5 to 10 years). 

Income Taxes 

   Under an election privilege afforded by provisions of the Internal Revenue 
Code, the Company has elected Subchapter S status for federal income tax 
reporting. Accordingly, no provision has been made for federal income taxes 
as the income of the Company is included in the stockholders' personal income 
tax returns. 

Financial Instruments 

   The Company records all financial instruments at cost. The fair value of 
all financial instruments approximates cost. 

                                     F-34
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

(1) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued) 

Impairment of Assets 

   The Company has not elected early adoption of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standard No. 121 ("SFAS 121"), "Accounting for the Impairment of 
Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of." SFAS 121 
becomes effective beginning with the Company's first quarter of fiscal 1997. 
The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 121 will have a 
material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. 

(2) NOTES PAYABLE 

   The Company's lending agreement with banks (the agreement) provides for an 
unsecured term note of $5,000,000 and an unsecured $12,000,000 revolving line 
of credit (the revolver) (increasing to $14,500,000 during the period from 
September 15 to December 15), and expires June 1, 1997. 

   Interest on the term note is at a base rate (8-1/4% at February 3, 1996) 
fluctuating with prime plus 1/4%--2-1/2% dependent on the Company's financial 
position. Interest on the revolver is at a base rate (6-3/4% at February 3, 
1996) fluctuating with LIBOR plus 1-1/2%--3% dependent on the Company's 
financial position. A commitment fee of 1/2% per annum is due on the unused 
portion of the revolver. 

   The agreement requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios 
and net worth requirements. The agreement also limits annual stockholder 
distributions to $40,000 plus an amount equivalent to income taxes that would 
otherwise be payable. Provisions of the agreement were complied with during 
fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996. 

   Details of notes payable are as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                January 31, 1995   February 3, 1996
                                                                ----------------   ---------------- 
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>
Revolving line of credit with banks ..........................     $ 9,500,000       $10,400,000 
Term note payable to banks, due in semiannual installments of 
  $350,000 plus interest through January 1, 1999  .............      3,950,000         3,150,000 
Subordinated notes payable to stockholders ($677,014 in 1995 
  and $597,366 in 1996) and to former stockholders, unsecured, 
  due in semiannual installments of $70,685 plus interest at 
  12% through May 31, 1998  ...................................      1,201,650         1,060,280 
Other unsecured notes payable ................................          86,946            67,625 
                                                                   -----------       -----------
                                                                    14,738,596        14,677,905 
Less current maturities ......................................         860,692           908,995 
                                                                   -----------       ----------- 
Totals .......................................................     $13,877,904       $13,768,910 
                                                                   ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

   The future maturities of long-term notes payable for fiscal years 1998 
through 2000 are $11,241,371, $1,477,539 and $1,050,000, respectively. 

   Interest paid in fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996 amounted to $1,253,904, 
$1,463,607 and $1,617,645, respectively. 

(3) COMMON STOCK 

   On November 25, 1986, the Company entered into a Stock Redemption and 
Share Transfer Restriction Agreement (the Agreement) with certain 
stockholders of the Company and redeemed 34,100 shares of common stock for 
$2,584,098. On July 19, 1993, the Company redeemed 18,745 shares of common 
stock not owned by management for $3,913,706. The 1993 redemption was 
financed by an increase in the term note with the banks of $2,500,000 and 
unsecured subordinated notes payable in the amount of $1,413,706. 

   The Company has the option in the event of termination of employment to 
purchase shares of the Company's common stock owned by the management group. 
The price per share is the book value per share. The Company also has the 
obligation to purchase the shares of the Company owned by the president of 
the Company in the event 

                                     F-35 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) COMMON STOCK (Continued) 

of his death at 133% of book value per share at the end of the preceding 
fiscal year. The Company carries life insurance on the life of the president 
of the Company to fund the obligation. 

(4) RENTAL EXPENSE 

   The Company leases all facilities and certain equipment under 
noncancellable operating leases. Total rental expense amounted to $3,906,282, 
$3,747,293 and $3,667,703 (including contingent rental expense of $213,390 
$261,696 and $230,738) for fiscal years 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, 
including $767,899, $775,999 and $746,979 applicable to leases with related 
parties for the same periods. 

   Future minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases 
with initial terms of more than one year are as follows: 

 Fiscal years: 
     1997.......................................................   $ 2,883,776 
     1998.......................................................     2,475,548 
     1999.......................................................     1,820,334 
     2000.......................................................     1,474,366 
     2001.......................................................       809,138 
     2002 and thereafter........................................     2,218,049 
  Total.........................................................   $11,681,211 

   Certain leases have provisions for additional contingent rentals based on 
percentages of sales and contain options to renew for additional terms 
ranging from one to twenty years. 

(5) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

   The Company has a defined-benefit pension plan (the "Plan") covering the 
majority of its employees. The benefits are primarily based on the employee's 
compensation. The Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts to the 
Plan sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirements set forth in the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus additional amounts as 
the Company may determine to be appropriate. Effective December 31, 1994, the 
Company curtailed all future benefit accruals of participants in the Plan 
that resulted in a gain of $39,244 which is included in the results of 
operations for the year ended January 31, 1995. 

   The Company has recorded an additional minimum liability of $110,089 and 
$147,875 as of January 31, 1995 and February 3, 1996, respectively, which 
represent the amounts required to bring the Company's recorded pension asset 
equal to the excess of the accumulated benefit obligation over plan assets. 
Intangible assets (included in other assets) of $110,089 and $94,358 as of 
January 31, 1995 and February 3, 1996, respectively, were recorded to the 
extent of the unrecognized prior service costs and net transition obligation. 
The difference between the additional minimum liability and intangible asset 
as of February 3, 1996 was included as a reduction of shareholders' equity. 

                                     F-36 
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued) 

(5) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Continued) 

   The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in 
the Company's balance sheets for the Plan: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          January 31, 1995    February 3, 1996
                                                                          ----------------    ---------------- 
<S>                                                                         <C>                  <C>
Projected benefit obligation (substantially all vested) .............       $1,547,517           $1,745,457 
Plan assets at fair value, primarily invested in common trust funds 
  and U. S. Treasury and agency securities  .........................        1,407,071            1,675,363 
                                                                            ----------           ---------- 
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets ...............         (140,446)             (70,094) 
Unrecognized prior service cost .....................................          110,089               94,358 
Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from that 
  assumed and effects of changes in assumptions  ....................           17,205               68,265 
Unrecognized net asset ..............................................          (17,205)             (14,748) 
Minimum liability ...................................................         (110,089)            (147,875) 
                                                                            ----------           ----------
Net pension liability ...............................................       $ (140,446)          $  (70,094)
                                                                            ==========           ========== 
The net pension liability is included in: 
  Prepaid (accrued) expenses  .......................................       $  (30,357)          $   77,781 
 Long-term liabilities ..............................................         (110,089)            (147,875)
                                                                            ----------           ---------- 
                                                                            $ (140,446)          $  (70,094)
                                                                            ==========           ========== 
</TABLE>

   Net periodic pension cost includes the following components: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Period from 
                                                                                February 1, 
                                                                               1995 through 
                                                 Year ended     January 31,      February 3, 
                                                    1994           1995             1996 
                                                 ------------   -----------    -------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>              <C>
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation     $116,299       $ 125,095       $ 112,641 
Service cost--benefits earned during the 
  period  .....................................     88,483          92,630              -- 
Return on plan assets (gain) loss ............     (24,522)         43,777        (241,959) 
Net amortization and deferral ................     (80,331)       (141,640)        144,117  
                                                  --------       ---------       --------- 
Net periodic pension cost ....................    $ 99,929       $ 119,862       $  14,799
                                                  ========       =========       ========= 

</TABLE>

   Assumptions used in the actuarial determinations for the Plan are: 

                                                       1994     1995     1996 
                                                       -----    -----    ----- 
Weighted average discount rate .....................   7.5%     7.5%      6.5% 
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets ...   7.5%     7.5%      6.5% 
Rate of increase in future compensation levels .....   4.0%      --        --

   In fiscal 1996, the Company established a 401(k) profit sharing plan for 
the benefit of all qualifying employees. Employer matching contributions are 
made monthly based upon a percentage of qualified employees' contributions, 
and amounted to $52,000 in fiscal year 1996. No additional profit sharing 
contributions were made by the Company in fiscal year 1996. 

                                     F-37
<PAGE>
 
                                 UHLMANS INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(6) OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN 

   The Company sponsors a defined benefit health care plan that provides
postretirement medical benefits to a group of 17 retired employees. No
additional employees are being added to the Plan. The Plan is contributory,
with retiree contributions adjusted annually to cover any increased costs, and
contains other cost-slimming features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The
accounting for the Plan anticipates future cost-sharing changes. The Company's
policy is to fund the cost of medical benefits in amounts determined at the
discretion of management.

   In 1996, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 106, "Employer's Accounting
for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions" and elected to use the
prospective recognition method for transition. The effect of adopting the new
rules increased 1996 net periodic postretirement benefit cost by $2,400 and
decreased 1996 net income by $2,400. Postretirement benefit cost for 1994 and
1995, which was recorded on a cash basis, has not been restated.

   The following table presents the Plan's funded status reconciled with
amounts recognized in the Company's balance sheet at February 3, 1996:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for retirees ..............   $100,000 
Plan assets at fair value ...............................................         -- 
                                                                            --------
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of plan assets ..    100,000 
Transition obligation ...................................................    (94,600) 
Unrecognized net gain ...................................................     (3,000) 
                                                                            -------- 
                                                                             (97,600) 
                                                                            --------
Accrued post retirement benefit liability ...............................   $  2,400
                                                                            ======== 

Net periodic postretirement benefit cost includes the following
  components: 

Interest cost ...........................................................    $  7,700 
Amortization of transition obligation over 11 years .....................       9,500 
                                                                             -------- 
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost ................................    $ 17,200 
                                                                             ========  
</TABLE>

   Medical trend rates are not applicable since the subsidy is not related to
trend rates. The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the
accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 7.5% for 1996.

                                     F-38 
<PAGE>

                               [Flip-Out Page]

[The graphics on this page consist of a store front of the Company and the
logos of its stores.]

The store of choice in small town America today!

<PAGE>

                               [Flip-Out Page]

[The graphics on this page consist of a model wearing typical apparel sold by
the Company, certain labels of such apparel, departments inside Company stores
and the Company's credit cards.]

Modern, beautifully arranged stores with customer service our top priority.

The proprietary credit card
generates customer loyalty
by providing services that 
few competitors offer. The 
Company's VIP incentive
programs reward the 
charge customer with 
exclusive discounts and an 
array of special privileges.


<PAGE>

[The graphics on this page consist of labels of apparel sold by the Company
and typical departments inside Company stores.]

Modern, beautifully arranged stores with customer service our top priority.

A strong dedication
to customer service,
a reputation for 
quality, name-brand 
merchandise plus a 
convenient shopping 
environment enhances
customers satisfaction.


<PAGE>
 
          =========================================================

   
   No dealer, salesperson or any other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representations other than those contained in this
Prospectus in connection with the offering covered by this Prospectus, and, if
given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as
having been authorized by the Company or the Underwriters. This Prospectus
does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy,
the Common Stock in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is
unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. Neither the delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create
any implication that there has not been any change in the facts set forth in
this Prospectus or in the affairs of the Company since the date hereof.


                                ------------- 
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS 

                                                           Page 

Prospectus Summary ...................................       5 
Risk Factors .........................................      12 
Use of Proceeds ......................................      16 
Dividend Policy ......................................      16 
Capitalization  ......................................      17 
Dilution  ............................................      18 
Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and 
  Operating Data .....................................      19 
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data  ...            23 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations ................      30 
Business  ............................................      37 
Management ...........................................      44 
Certain Relationship and Related Transactions               54 
Principal Stockholders ...............................      55 
Overallotment Option  ................................      56 
Description of Certain Indebtedness ..................      57 
Description of Capital Stock  ........................      59 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale  .....................      61 
Underwriting .........................................      62 
Legal Matters ........................................      63 
Experts ..............................................      63 
Additional Information ...............................      63 
Index to Financial Statements ........................     F-1 


                                 -------------


   Until , 1996 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers
effecting transactions in Common Stock, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to
the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters
and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

         =========================================================

         =========================================================


                               9,600,000 Shares

                          [LOGO of STAGE STORES INC.]

                                 Common Stock 


                                -------------
                                 PROSPECTUS
                                -------------

                         Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
                            Securities Corporation

                           Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.


                               CS First Boston 


                                      , 1996 
    


          =========================================================

<PAGE>
 
                                   PART II
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. 

   The following is a statement of estimated expenses of the issuance and 
distribution of the securities being registered other than underwriting 
compensation: 

 
  SEC registration fee.......................................   $66,207 
                                                                ------- 
  NASD filing fee............................................    19,700 
                                                                ------- 
  Nasdaq National Market original listing fee................    25,000 
                                                                ------- 
  Blue sky fees and expenses (including attorneys' fees
    and expenses)............................................      * 
  Printing and engraving expenses............................      * 
  Transfer agent's fees and expenses.........................      * 
  Accounting fees and expenses...............................      * 
  Legal fees and expenses....................................      * 
  Miscellaneous expenses.....................................      * 
                                                                ------- 
       Total                                                    $ 
                                                                ======= 

- ------------- 
*To be filed 
by amendment. 

All amounts are estimated except for the SEC registration fee and the NASD 
filing fee. 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers. 

   The Company is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("Section
145") provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who is, or
is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation),
by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or
agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation
or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding,
provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's best interests and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any
person who is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of
the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The
indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or
settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
corporation's best interests except that no indemnification is permitted
without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable
to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits
or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation
must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has
actually and reasonably incurred.

   The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides for the indemnification
of directors and officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by
Section 145.

   In that regard, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company
shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was
a director or officer of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request
of such corporation as a director, officer or member of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture,

                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably 
incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he 
acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not 
opposed to the best interests of such corporation, and, with respect to any 
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct 
was unlawful. Indemnification in connection with an action or suit by or in 
the right of such corporation to procure a judgment in its favor is limited 
to payment of settlement of such an action or suit except that no such 
indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to 
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or 
misconduct in the performance of his duty to the indemnifying corporation 
unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the 
court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine that, despite 
the adjudication of liability but in consideration of all the circumstances 
of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for 
such expenses which the court shall deem proper. 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. 

   
                                                                     AGGREGATE 
                         DATE OF                                     OFFERING 
        NAME              SALE         TITLE         SHARES           PRICE 
- --------------------    --------     -------------   ------       --------------

Dan Edmondson           06/16/93     Common Stock       491        $ 2,500.00 
Linda Galayda           06/28/93     Common Stock     2,947        $15,000.00 
Mark White              09/30/93     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401,60 
Sandra Bornstein        01/28/94     Common Stock     5,944        $13,007.50 
Eddy Osborne            02/22/94     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401.60 
Pat Bowman              10/31/94     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401.60 
Peter Realmuto          11/08.94     Common Stock     1,847        $   188.00 
Tom Buttaccio           12/05/94     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401.60 
Mark Hess               01/15/95     Common Stock       393        $    40.00 
Kathy Bodin             02/20/95     Common Stock       393        $    40.00 
Dan Singer              01/15/95     Common Stock       589        $    60.00 
Harry Gray              02/20/95     Common Stock       294        $    30.00 
Bob Mitchell            02/20/95     Common Stock       294        $    30.00 
Jerry Forrest           01/26/95     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401.60 
David Slaughter         01/28/95     Common Stock     8,866        $19,401.60 
Joshua Bekenstein       04/07/95     Common Stock     9,825        $ 1,000.00 
Jim Hanks               04/07/95     Common Stock       230        $   505.25 
Bernard Fuchs           04/07/95     Common Stock    73,694        $ 7,500.00 
Bernard Fuchs           04/07/95     Common Stock     9,236        $20,210.00 
Elizabeth Winkler       04/10/95     Common Stock     8,843        $19,350.00 
Joanne Swartz           04/15/95     Common Stock     5,030        $11,008.00 
June Betz               05/17/95     Common Stock     1,719        $ 5,040.00 
Doug Scarth             08/16/95     Common Stock     2,770        $   282.00 
Tom Hill                11/06/95     Common Stock       196        $    20.00 
Josh Bekenstein         12/27/95     Common Stock     4,912        $   500.00 
Dan Singer              01/22/96     Common Stock       294        $    30.00 
Bob Mitchell            01/23/96     Common Stock       147        $    15.00 
Bob Hart                02/29/96     Common Stock       589        $    60.00 
Bernard Fuchs           03/15/96     Common Stock   368,471        $ 3,750.00 
Ron Sells               03/28/96     Common Stock     1,473        $   150.00 
Dan Singer              04/17/96     Common Stock       196        $   430.00 
Carl Tooker             05/01/96     Common Stock    78,607        $ 8,000.00 
Carl Tooker             05/01/96     Common Stock     9,825        $21,500.00 
Bernard Fuchs           06/05/96     Common Stock     9,236        $20,210.00 
Joanne Turano           06/05/95     Common Stock       442        $    45.00 

    
The Company relied upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 in 
connection with the foregoing sales of unregistered securities. 

                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules. 

   (a) Exhibits: 


EXHIBIT 
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION
- ----------    -----------
   
 *1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement. 
    
**3.1         Certificate of Incorporation of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registration 
               No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**3.2         By-Laws of Apparel Retailers, Inc. (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 3.2 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.1         Form of Indenture between Apparel Retailers, Inc. and The 
               First National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, relating to the 
               12 3/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc. (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 of 
               Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.2         Form of Indenture among Specialty Retailers, Inc., The First 
               National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               as Guarantor, relating to the 10% Senior Notes due 2000 of 
               Specialty Retailers, Inc. (including form of note) 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registration 
               No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.3         Form of Indenture among Specialty Retailers, Inc., The First 
               National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               as Guarantor, relating to the 11% Senior Subordinated Notes 
               due 2003 of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (including form of 
               note) (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 on 
               Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.4         Form of Indenture between 3 Bealls Holding Corporation and 
               Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to 3 Bealls 
               Holding Corporation's 9% Subordinated Debentures due 2002 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registration 
               No. 33-24571 on Form S-4) and First Supplemental Indenture 
               dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.4 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.5         Form of Indenture between 3 Bealls Holding Corporation and IBJ 
               Schroder Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to 3 
               Bealls Holding Corporation's 7% Junior Subordinated 
               Debentures due 2002 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.3 of Registration No. 33-24571 on Form S-4) and First 
               Supplemental Indenture dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 
**4.6         Indenture by and between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and The 
               First National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, relating to the 
               11% Series C and Series D Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 
               of Specialty Retailers, Inc. dated July 27, 1995 (including 
               form of note), (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.7         Form of Indenture among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., 
               Specialty Retailers, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and 
               Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, 
               relating to the 12.5% Trust Certificate-Backed Notes of SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. (including form of note). 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 
**4.8         Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement by and 
               among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc. and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of 
               August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.6 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.9         First Amendment to Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing 
               Agreement by and among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., 
               Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Bankers Trust (Delaware), 
               dated as of May 30, 1996 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 4.2 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated 
               May 4, 1996). 
**4.10        Amended and Restated Series 1993-1 Supplement among SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. 
               and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of May 30, 1996 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 
**4.11        Amended and Restated Series 1993-2 Supplement among SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. 
               and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of May 30, 1996 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.4 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 

                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION 
- -------       -----------
**4.12        First Amendment to the Series 1993-2 Supplement and Revolving 
               Certificate Purchase Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Bankers 
               Trust (Delaware) as Trustee for the SRI Receivables Master 
               Trust, the financial institutions parties thereto and 
               National Westminster Bank Plc, New York branch dated as of 
               August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.5 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 4, 
               1996). 
**4.13        Amended and Restated Series 1995-1 Supplement by and among SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. 
               and Bankers Trust (Delaware) on behalf of the Series 1995- 1 
               Certificateholders dated as of May 30, 1996 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.6 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 
**4.14        Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement among SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. and Originators dated as of 
               May 30, 1996 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.7 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 
**4.15        Certificate Purchase Agreements between SRI Receivables 
               Purchase Co., Inc. and the Purchasers of the Series 1993-1 
               Offered Certificates (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.10 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.16        Revolving Certificate Purchase Agreement between SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., the Facility Agent and the 
               Revolving Purchasers with respect to the Class A-R 
               Certificates (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.11 of 
               Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**4.17        Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of 
               Boston, as agent for itself and other financial institutions 
               dated January 29, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               A of Current Report on Form 8-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 
               dated February 9, 1994). 
**4.18        First Amendment dated July 14, 1994 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.13 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995). 
**4.19        Second Amendment dated October 31, 1994 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.14 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995). 
**4.20        Third Amendment dated January 5, 1995 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.15 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995). 
**4.21        Fourth Amendment dated March 31, 1995 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.16 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995). 
**4.22        Fifth Amendment dated July 7, 1995 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.23        Sixth Amendment dated July 27, 1995 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.24        Seventh Amendment dated February 1, 1996 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.8 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 4, 
               1996). 

                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION 
- -------       -----------
**4.25        Eighth Amendment dated as of May 30, 1996 to Revolving Credit 
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and The First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.9 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996). 
**4.26        Seasonal Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and the First National 
               Bank of Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 4.17 on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 
               dated January 28, 1995). 
**4.27        First Amendment dated July 7, 1995 to the seasonal Revolving 
               Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., 
               Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, 
               as agent for itself and other financial institutions dated 
               March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.4 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.28        Second Amendment dated July 27, 1995 to the seasonal Revolving 
               Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., 
               Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, 
               as agent for itself and other financial institutions dated 
               March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.5 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995). 
**4.29        Third Amendment dated February 1, 1996 to the seasonal 
               Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc., Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of 
               Boston, as agent for itself and other financial institutions 
               dated March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.10 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated as of 
               May 4, 1996). 
**4.30        Fourth Amendment dated as of May 30, 1996 to the seasonal 
               Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and The First National Bank of 
               Boston, as agent for itself and other financial institutions 
               dated as of March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 4.11 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated 
               May 4, 1996). 
**4.31        Certificate Purchase Agreement among SRI Receivables Purchase 
               Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and the Certificate 
               Purchaser dated as of August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.9 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated October 28, 1995). 
   
**5.1         Opinion of Kirkland and Ellis. 
    
**10.1        Purchase Agreement dated July 22, 1993 by and among Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, 
               Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns & 
               Co. Inc. relating to the sale of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 12 
               3/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 
**10.2        Registration Rights Agreement dated August 2, 1993 by and 
               among Apparel Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
               Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. relating 
               to the sale of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 12 3/4% Senior 
               Discount Debentures due 2005 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.2 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**10.3        Senior Management Agreement and Stock Option Agreement between 
               Specialty Retailers, Inc., Bain Venture Capital, Citicorp 
               Venture Capital, Ltd., and Bernard Fuchs, dated as of May 
               26, 1989 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.8 of 
               Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and Amendment to 
               Senior Management Agreement and Stock Option Agreement dated 
               February 1, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.3 
               of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**10.4        Equity Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Tyler Capital Fund, L.P. Tyler 
               Massachusetts, L.P., Tyler International, L.P.-I, Tyler 
               International, L.P.-II, Bain Venture Capital, Citicorp 
               Capital Investors, Ltd., Acadia Partners, L.P., Drexel 
               Burnham Lambert Incorporated, and certain other Purchasers, 
               dated as of December 28, 1988 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.9 of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and 
               Amendments to Equity Stock Purchase Agreement dated 
               September 21, 1992 and August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 

                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION 
- -------       -----------
**10.5        Registration Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., 
               Tyler Capital Fund, L.P. Tyler Massachusetts, L.P., Tyler 
               International, L.P.-I, Tyler International, L.P.-II, Bain 
               Venture Capital, Citicorp Capital Investors, Ltd., Acadia 
               Partners, L.P., Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, and 
               certain other Purchasers, dated as of December 29, 1988 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registration 
               No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and Amendment to Registration 
               Agreement dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.5 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**10.6        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of August 2, 1982 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.11 of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1). 
**10.7        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of March 15, 1979, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1). 
**10.8        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of November 7, 1978, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1). 
**10.9        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated October 4, 1983, as amended (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.14 of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1). 
**10.10       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of December 21, 1983, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1). 
**10.11       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of March 21, 1985, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1). 
**10.12       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal, Inc., 
               dated as of November 22, 1985, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1). 
**10.13       Apparel Retailers, Inc. Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 
**10.14       Form of Stock Option Agreement between Apparel Retailers, Inc. 
               and Executive to be named therein (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.14 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 
**10.15       Form of Management Agreement by an among Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc., the Bain Entities, Citicorp Venture Capital, Ltd. and 
               Executive to be named therein (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.22 of Registration No. 33-32045 on Form S-1) and 
               Form of First Amendment (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.15 to Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**10.16       Professional Services Agreement between Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc. and Bain Capital Partners (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.21 of Registration No. 33-54504 on Form S-1). 
**10.17       Employment Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and 
               Carl E. Tooker dated June 9, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.17 to Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
**10.18       Stock Option Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and 
               Carl E. Tooker dated June 9, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.18 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4). 
**10.19       Purchase agreement dated September 2, 1994 by and among Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and Beall-Ladymon Corporation relating to the 
               sale of certain assets of Beall-Ladymon Corporation 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated July 30, 1994). 
**10.20       Purchase Agreement dated July 20, 1995 by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities 
               Corporation, relating to the sale of the Company's 11% 
               Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 
               10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 1995). 

                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
EXHIBIT 
NUMBER        DESCRIPTION 
- -------       -----------
**10.21       Registration Rights Agreement dated July 27, 1995 by and 
               between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & 
               Jenrette Securities Corporation, relating to the sale of the 
               Company's 11% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 1995). 
**10.22       Employment Agreement between Mark Shulman and Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of January 8, 1994 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995). 
**10.23       Stock Option Agreement between Mark Shulman and Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of January 31, 1994 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995). 
**10.24       Employment Agreement between James Marcum and Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 15, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.3 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated April 29, 1995). 
**10.25       Employment Agreement between Stephen Lovell and Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 19, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.4 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated April 29, 1995). 
**10.26       Agency Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Palais 
               Royal, Inc. dated January 29, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.26 on Form 10-K of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated February 3, 1996) 
**10.27       Securities Purchase Agreement among Palais Royal, Inc. and 
               certain selling stockholders of Uhlmans, Inc. dated May 9, 
               1996 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q 
               of Stage Stores, Inc., dated June 12, 1996. 
***12.1       Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed 
               Charges. 
 **21.1       List of Registrant's Subsidiaries (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 21.1 to Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4). 
***23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP. 
***23.2       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 
   
**23.3        Consent of Kirkland & Ellis (included in opinion filed as 
               Exhibit 5.1). 
    
***24.1       Powers of attorney (included in signature page included in 
               this Part II). 

- ------------- 
  * To be filed by amendment. 
 ** Previously filed. 
*** Filed herewith. 

   (b) Financial Statement Schedules: 

   Schedule III - Condensed Financial Information 

   Schedule VIII - Consolidated Valuation Accounts 

Item 17. Undertakings. 

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: 

   (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made of 
the securities registered hereby, a post-effective amendment to this 
registration statement: 

     (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 
   Securities Act of 1933; 

     (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the 
   effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent 
   post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, 
   represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this 
   registration statement; 

     (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of 
   distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or 
   any material change to such information in this registration statement; 

provided, however, that the undertakings set forth in paragraph (i) and (ii) 
above do not apply if the information required to be included in a 
post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in periodic reports 
filed 

                                     II-7
<PAGE>
 
by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in this registration 
statement. 

   (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each such post- effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bona fide offering thereof.

   (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the Offering.

   In addition, the undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for
purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each
filing of the registrant's annual report pursuant to section 13(a) or section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each
filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to section 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in
the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: 

   (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of
this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

   (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                     II-8
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES

   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas
on June 28, 1996.
    

                         STAGE STORES, INC.

 
                         By: /s/ Carl Tooker 
                         Name:     Carl Tooker 
                         Title: President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

                              POWER OF ATTORNEY 

   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed on June 28, 1996, by the following
persons in the capacities indicated with respect to Stage Stores, Inc.:
    

       Signature          Capacity 
       ---------          -------- 

           * 
- ------------------------  Director and Chairman
        Bernard Fuchs      
 

   /s/ Carl Tooker        President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 
- ------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
         Carl Tooker        
  

         *                Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
- ------------------------  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 
        James Marcum        


           * 
- ------------------------  Director 
      Joshua Bekenstein    

           * 
- ------------------------  Director 
         Adam Kirsch

   
           * 
- ------------------------ Director 
      Peter Mulvihill

    
           * 
- ------------------------  Director 
        Lasker Meyer

* By /s/ Carl Tooker 
     -------------------
     Carl Tooker 
     Attorney-in-Fact 

                                     II-9
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Schedule III
   
                              Stage Stores, Inc. 
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                           Condensed Balance Sheet 
            (in thousands, except par value and numbers of shares) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                       January 28, 1995    February 3, 1996 
                                                                       ----------------     --------------- 
<S>                                                                       <C>                   <C>
                               Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................      $    796              $      9 
Intercompany advances ..............................................         6,997                 7,240 
Debt issue costs, net of amortization ..............................         4,588                 4,163 
Investment in subsidiary ...........................................        17,750                35,340 
Deferred income taxes ..............................................         5,640                10,042 
                                                                          --------              -------- 
                                                                          $ 35,771              $ 56,794 
                                                                          ========              ======== 

                Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit 
Accrued expenses ...................................................      $  7,294              $  6,369 
Intercompany advances ..............................................            --                    -- 
Long-term debt .....................................................        96,748               109,817 
                                                                          --------              -------- 
  Total liabilities ................................................       104,042               116,186 
                                                                          --------              -------- 

Preferred stock, par value $1.00, non-voting, 2,500 shares 
  authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding  ...................           --                    -- 
Common Stock, par value $0.01, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 
  11,381,141 and 11,470,902 shares issued and outstanding, 
  respectively  .....................................................          113                   115 
Class B common stock, non-voting, par value $0.01, 1,500,000 shares 
  authorized, 1,468,750 shares issued and outstanding  ..............           15                    15 
Additional paid-in capital .........................................         3,565                 3,793 
Accumulated deficit ................................................       (71,964)              (63,315) 
                                                                          --------              -------- 
  Stockholders' deficit ............................................       (68,271)              (59,392) 
                                                                          --------              -------- 
                                                                          $ 35,771              $ 56,794 
                                                                          ========              ======== 
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial
information.

                                   
<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Schedule III

                              Stage Stores, Inc. 
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
          Condensed Statement of Operations and Accumulated Deficit 
                                (in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      
                                                 For the Period from       Fiscal Year
                                                  August 2, 1993 to   ------------------------ 
                                                  January 29, 1994       1994          1995
                                                 -------------------  -----------   ---------- 
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>           <C>
Interest income ...............................     $     18            $     30      $     18 
Interest expense ..............................       (5,471)            (11,954)      (13,511) 
                                                    --------            --------      -------- 

Loss before income tax and equity in earnings
  of subsidiary  ...............................      (5,453)            (11,924)      (13,493) 
Income tax benefit ............................        1,761               4,022         4,550 
                                                    --------            --------      -------- 
Loss before equity in earnings of subsidiary ..       (3,692)             (7,902)       (8,943) 
Equity in earnings of subsidiary ..............          910              14,224        19,673 
                                                    --------            --------      -------- 
Net income (loss) .............................       (2,782)              6,322        10,730 

Accumulated deficit: 
 Beginning of period ..........................           --             (78,154)      (71,964) 
 Dividends on common stock ....................      (74,804)                 --            -- 
 Adjustment for minimum pension liability .....         (568)               (132)       (2,081) 
                                                    --------            --------      -------- 
 End of period ................................     $(78,154)           $(71,964)     $(63,315) 
                                                    ========            ========      ======== 
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial
information.                                   
<PAGE>
  
                                                                    Schedule III

                              Stage Stores, Inc. 
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                      Condensed Statement of Cash Flows 
                                (in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            
                                                        For the Period from        Fiscal Year
                                                         August 2, 1993 to    ---------------------- 
                                                         January 29, 1994        1994        1995 
                                                        -------------------   ----------   --------- 
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>         <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities: 
 Net income (loss) ..................................        $ (2,782)         $  6,322    $ 10,730 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net 
  cash  provided by (used in) operating activities: 
  Accretion of discount .............................           5,233            11,515      13,070 
  Amortization of debt issue costs ..................             207               437         438 
  Deferred federal income tax .......................          (1,761)           (3,879)     (4,402) 
  Equity in earnings of subsidiary ..................            (910)          (14,224)    (19,673) 
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
   Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities .......              31             7,116        (641) 
   Intercompany advances ............................              --            (7,382)       (243) 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 
    Total adjustments ...............................           2,800            (6,417)    (11,451) 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating 
     activities  .....................................             18               (95)       (721) 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities: 
 Proceeds from: 
  Long-term debt ....................................          80,000                --          -- 
  Common stock ......................................              33                97          68 
 Redemption of Common stock .........................              --                --        (122) 
 Additions to debt issue cost .......................          (4,453)               --         (12) 
 Dividends paid .....................................         (74,804)               --          -- 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 
  Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities             776                97         (66) 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 

 Net increase (decrease) in cash ....................             794                 2        (787) 
 Cash and cash equivalents: 
  Beginning of period ...............................              --               794         796 
                                                             --------          --------    -------- 
  End of period .....................................        $    794          $    796    $      9 
                                                             ========          ========    ======== 

Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and 
  Financing Activities: 
  Debt issue costs accrued for by the Company or paid 
   by subsidiary  .....................................      $    779          $     --    $     -- 
                                                             ========          ========    ======== 
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this condensed financial
information.

<PAGE>
 
                              Stage Stores, Inc.
                      (formerly Apparel Retailer, Inc.) 
                   Notes to Condensed Financial Information

NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION: 

   The accompanying condensed financial statements present the financial 
position and results of operations of Stage Stores, Inc. (the "Company") on a 
separate company basis. The condensed financial statements of the Company 
have been prepared in accordance with Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X and do not 
include all the information and footnotes required by generally accepted 
accounting principles for complete financial statements. The Company's 
investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary is accounted for using the equity 
method. 

    The Company's fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest to January 31 in
the following calendar year. For example, references to "1995" mean the 
fiscal year ended February 3, 1996. 

NOTE 2--HOLDING COMPANY FORMATION: 

   The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware on June 17, 1993
at the direction of the shareholders of Specialty Retailers, Inc. ("SRI"). On 
August 2, 1993, the Company acquired all of the common stock of SRI and the 
existing stockholders of SRI acquired all of the common stock of the Company. 
The Company has no operations of its own and its primary asset is the common 
stock of the SRI. 

 NOTE 3--INCOME TAXES:

   The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return with its 
subsidiaries. The Company's recorded tax benefit represents the impact of its
tax assets and liabilities on the consolidated group. 

                                   
<PAGE>
 
                                                                   Schedule VIII

                              Stage Stores, Inc. 
                      (formerly Apparel Retailers, Inc.) 
                       Consolidated Valuation Accounts 
                                (in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Additions 
                                        ---------------------------- 
                          Balance at     Charged to     Charged to 
                         beginning of      costs          other                    Balance at end 
                            year        and expenses     accounts      Deductions      of year 
                          ----------    ------------    ------------   ----------  --------------- 
     Description 
     ----------- 
<S>                        <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: (1) 
 Fiscal Year: 
  1993 ..............      $7,855         $6,590           $ --         $12,501(2)      $1,944 
                           ======         ======           ====         =======         ====== 
  1994 ..............      $1,944         $3,176           $486(3)      $ 2,374         $3,232 
                           ======         ======           =====        =======         ====== 
  1995 ..............      $3,232         $4,905           $ --         $ 5,377         $2,760 
                           ======         ======           =====        =======         ====== 

Reserve for Shrinkage: 
 Fiscal Year: 
  1993 ..............      $  160         $4,042           $ --         $ 4,004         $  198 
                           ======         ======           =====        =======         ====== 
  1994 ..............      $  198         $4,459             --         $ 4,459         $  198 
                           ======         ======           =====        =======         ====== 
  1995 ..............      $  198         $8,967           $ --         $ 8,808         $  357 
                           ======         ======           =====        =======         ====== 
</TABLE>

(1) Includes reserve for uncollectible service charge and late fee income. 

(2) Includes $6.1 million which has been reclassified to accrued liabilities 
    as a result of the implementation of the Accounts Receivable Program. 

(3) This represents the initial allowance for doubtful accounts associated 
    with the accounts receivable purchased in an acquisition. 

                                   
<PAGE>
 
                                EXHIBIT INDEX

   The following documents are the exhibits to this Registration Statement on
Form S-1. For convenient reference, each exhibit is listed according to the
Exhibit Table of Regulation S-K.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SEQUENTIAL 
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE 
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS 
- ------                                 -------                               ---------- 
<S>           <C>                                                               <C>
 *1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement.                                   -- 
**3.1         Certificate of Incorporation of Apparel Retailers, Inc.            
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registration 
               No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                                       --   
**3.2         By-Laws of Apparel Retailers, Inc. (Incorporated by Reference      
               to Exhibit 3.2 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).        --
**4.1         Form of Indenture between Apparel Retailers, Inc. and The          
               First National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, relating to the 
               12 3/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc. (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 
               of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                       --
**4.2         Form of Indenture among Specialty Retailers, Inc., The First       
               National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, and Palais Royal, 
               Inc., as Guarantor, relating to the 10% Senior Notes due 
               2000 of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (including form of note) 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registration 
               No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                                       -- 
**4.3         Form of Indenture among Specialty Retailers, Inc., The First       
               National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, and Palais Royal, 
               Inc., as Guarantor, relating to the 11% Senior Subordinated 
               Notes due 2003 of Specialty Retailers, Inc. (including form 
               of note) (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 on 
               Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                          --
**4.4         Form of Indenture between 3 Bealls Holding Corporation and        
               Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, relating to 3 Bealls 
               Holding Corporation's 9% Subordinated Debentures due 2002 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registration 
               No. 33-24571 on Form S-4) and First Supplemental Indenture 
               dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.4 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                   --
**4.5         Form of Indenture between 3 Bealls Holding Corporation and         
               IBJ Schroder Bank and Trust Company, as Trustee, relating 
               to 3 Bealls Holding Corporation's 7% Junior Subordinated 
               Debentures due 2002 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.3 of Registration No. 33-24571 on Form S-4) and First 
               Supplemental Indenture dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**4.6         Indenture by and between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and The         
               First National Bank of Boston, as Trustee, relating to the 
               11% Series C and Series D Senior Subordinated Notes due 
               2003 of Specialty Retailers, Inc. dated July 27, 1995 
               (including form of note), (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 4.1 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated 
               October 28, 1995).                                               --
**4.7         Form of Indenture among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc.,        
               Specialty Retailers, Inc., as Administrative Agent, and 
               Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee and Collateral Agent, 
               relating to the 12.5% Trust Certificate-Backed Notes of SRI 
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. (including form of note). 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).                     --
**4.8         Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement by and        
               among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc. and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of 
               August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.6 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995).                                                           --

<PAGE>

                                                                             SEQUENTIAL  
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE      
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS   
- ------                                 -------                               ---------- 
**4.9         First Amendment to Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing      
               Agreement by and among SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., 
               Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Bankers Trust (Delaware), 
               dated as of May 30, 1996 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 4.2 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated 
               May 4, 1996).                                                    --
**4.10        Amended and Restated Series 1993-1 Supplement among SRI            
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. 
               and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of May 30, 1996 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).                     --
**4.11        Amended and Restated Series 1993-2 Supplement among SRI            
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. 
               and Bankers Trust (Delaware) dated as of May 30, 1996 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.4 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).                     --
**4.12        First Amendment to the Series 1993-2 Supplement and Revolving      
               Certificate Purchase Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., 
               Bankers Trust (Delaware) as Trustee for the SRI Receivables 
               Master Trust, the financial institutions parties thereto 
               and National Westminster Bank Plc, New York branch dated as 
               of August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.5 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated as of 
               May 4, 1996).                                                    --
**4.13        Amended and Restated Series 1995-1 Supplement by and among         
               SRI Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, 
               Inc. and Bankers Trust (Delaware) on behalf of the Series 
               1995- 1 Certificateholders dated as of May 30, 1996 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.6 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).                     --
**4.14        Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement among SRI      
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc. and Originators dated as of 
               May 30, 1996 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.7 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).        --
**4.15        Certificate Purchase Agreements between SRI Receivables            
               Purchase Co., Inc. and the Purchasers of the Series 1993-1 
               Offered Certificates (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.10 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                  --
**4.16        Revolving Certificate Purchase Agreement between SRI               
               Receivables Purchase Co., Inc., the Facility Agent and the 
               Revolving Purchasers with respect to the Class A-R 
               Certificates (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.11 of 
               Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).                          --
**4.17        Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers,       
               Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of 
               Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated January 29, 1994 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit A of Current Report on Form 8-K of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated February 9, 1994).                 --
**4.18        First Amendment dated July 14, 1994 to Revolving Credit            
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.13 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995).                                                           --
**4.19        Second Amendment dated October 31, 1994 to Revolving Credit        
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.14 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995).                                                           --

<PAGE>
 
                                                                             SEQUENTIAL 
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE     
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS   
- ------                                 -------                               ---------- 
**4.20        Third Amendment dated January 5, 1995 to Revolving Credit          
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.15 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995).                                                           --
**4.21        Fourth Amendment dated March 31, 1995 to Revolving Credit         
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.16 
               on Form 10-K of Apparel Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 
               1995).                                                           --
**4.22        Fifth Amendment dated July 7, 1995 to Revolving Credit             
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, as 
               agent for itself and other financial institutions dated as 
               of January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.2 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 
               28, 1995).                                                       --
**4.23        Sixth Amendment dated July 27, 1995 to Revolving Credit            
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and the First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.3 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995).                                                           --
**4.24        Seventh Amendment dated February 1, 1996 to Revolving Credit       
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, as 
               agent for itself and other financial institutions dated as 
               of January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 
               4.8 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated as of 
               May 4, 1996).                                                    --
**4.25        Eighth Amendment dated as of May 30, 1996 to Revolving Credit    
               Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., Palais 
               Royal, Inc. and The First National Bank of Boston, as agent 
               for itself and other financial institutions dated as of 
               January 28, 1994 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.9 
               on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 
               1996).                                                           --
**4.26        Seasonal Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty         
               Retailers, Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and the First National 
               Bank of Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.17 on Form 10-K of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc. dated January 28, 1995).                         --
**4.27        First Amendment dated July 7, 1995 to the seasonal Revolving       
               Credit Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers, Inc., 
               Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National Bank of Boston, 
               as agent for itself and other financial institutions dated 
               March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 4.4 on 
               Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 
               1995).                                                           --
**4.28        Second Amendment dated July 27, 1995 to the seasonal              
               Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National 
               Bank of Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.5 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated October 28, 1995).                                   --
**4.29        Third Amendment dated February 1, 1996 to the seasonal            
               Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Palais Royal, Inc., and the First National 
               Bank of Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.10 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 4, 1996).                       --

                                   
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             SEQUENTIAL 
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE     
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS   
- ------                                 -------                               ---------- 
**4.30        Fourth Amendment dated as of May 30, 1996 to the seasonal          
               Revolving Credit Agreement by and among Specialty 
               Retailers, Inc., Palais Royal, Inc. and The First National 
               Bank of Boston, as agent for itself and other financial 
               institutions dated as of March 31, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.11 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated May 4, 1996).                             --
**4.31        Certificate Purchase Agreement among SRI Receivables Purchase     
               Co., Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc. and the Certificate 
               Purchaser dated as of August 11, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 4.9 on Form 10-Q of Apparel Retailers, 
               Inc., dated October 28, 1995).                                   --
**5.1         Opinion of Kirkland and Ellis.                                    -- 
**10.1        Purchase Agreement dated July 22, 1993 by and among Apparel       
               Retailers, Inc., Specialty Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, 
               Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns 
               & Co. Inc. relating to the sale of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 
               12 3/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registration No. 33-68258 
               on Form S-4).                                                    --
**10.2        Registration Rights Agreement dated August 2, 1993 by and         
               among Apparel Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
               Securities Corporation and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
               relating to the sale of Apparel Retailers, Inc. 12 3/4% 
               Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.3        Senior Management Agreement and Stock Option Agreement           
               between Specialty Retailers, Inc., Bain Venture Capital, 
               Citicorp Venture Capital, Ltd., and Bernard Fuchs, dated as 
               of May 26, 1989 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.8 
               of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and Amendment to 
               Senior Management Agreement and Stock Option Agreement 
               dated February 1, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.3 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).          --
**10.4        Equity Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Specialty         
               Retailers, Inc., Tyler Capital Fund, L.P. Tyler 
               Massachusetts, L.P., Tyler International, L.P.-I, Tyler 
               International, L.P.-II, Bain Venture Capital, Citicorp 
               Capital Investors, Ltd., Acadia Partners, L.P., Drexel 
               Burnham Lambert Incorporated, and certain other Purchasers, 
               dated as of December 28, 1988 (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.9 of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and 
               Amendments to Equity Stock Purchase Agreement dated 
               September 21, 1992 and August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.5        Registration Agreement by and among Specialty Retailers,          
               Inc., Tyler Capital Fund, L.P. Tyler Massachusetts, L.P., 
               Tyler International, L.P.-I, Tyler International, L.P.-II, 
               Bain Venture Capital, Citicorp Capital Investors, Ltd., 
               Acadia Partners, L.P., Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated, 
               and certain other Purchasers, dated as of December 29, 1988 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registration 
               No. 33-27714 on Form S-1) and Amendment to Registration 
               Agreement dated August 2, 1993 (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.5 of Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).       --
**10.6        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,          
               Inc., dated as of August 2, 1982 (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.11 of Registration No. 33-27714 on Form S-1).      --
**10.7        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,         
               Inc., dated as of March 15, 1979, as amended (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registration No. 33-27714 
               on Form S-1).                                                    --
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             SEQUENTIAL 
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE     
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS   
- ------                                 -------                               ---------- 
**10.8        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,           
               Inc., dated as of November 7, 1978, as amended 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Registration 
               No. 33-27714 on Form S-1).                                       --
**10.9        Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,           
               Inc., dated October 4, 1983, as amended (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.14 of Registration No. 33-27714 on 
               Form S-1).                                                       --
**10.10       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,           
               Inc., dated as of December 21, 1983, as amended 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registration 
               No. 33-27714 on Form S-1).                                       --
**10.11       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,           
               Inc., dated as of March 21, 1985, as amended (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Registration No. 33-27714 
               on Form S-1).                                                    --
**10.12       Lease Agreement between PR Investments and Palais Royal,           
               Inc., dated as of November 22, 1985, as amended 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Registration 
               No. 33-27714 on Form S-1).                                       --
**10.13       Apparel Retailers, Inc. Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by         
               Reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.14       Form of Stock Option Agreement between Apparel Retailers,          
               Inc. and Executive to be named therein (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.15       Form of Management Agreement by an among Specialty Retailers,      
               Inc., the Bain Entities, Citicorp Venture Capital, Ltd. and 
               Executive to be named therein (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.22 of Registration No. 33-32045 on Form S-1) and 
               Form of First Amendment (Incorporated by Reference to 
               Exhibit 10.15 to Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).         --
**10.16       Professional Services Agreement between Specialty Retailers,       
               Inc. and Bain Capital Partners (Incorporated by Reference 
               to Exhibit 10.21 of Registration No. 33-54504 on Form S-1).      --
**10.17       Employment Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and         
               Carl E. Tooker dated June 9, 1993 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.18       Stock Option Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and       
               Carl E. Tooker dated June 9, 1993 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Registration No. 33-68258 on 
               Form S-4).                                                       --
**10.19       Purchase agreement dated September 2, 1994 by and among            
               Palais Royal, Inc. and Beall-Ladymon Corporation relating 
               to the sale of certain assets of Beall-Ladymon Corporation 
               (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q of 
               Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated July 30, 1994).                   --
**10.20       Purchase Agreement dated July 20, 1995 by and among Specialty      
               Retailers, Inc., Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities 
               Corporation, relating to the sale of the Company's 11% 
               Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 1995).                        --
**10.21       Registration Rights Agreement dated July 27, 1995 by and           
               between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Donaldson, Lufkin & 
               Jenrette Securities Corporation, relating to the sale of 
               the Company's 11% Series C Senior Subordinated Notes due 
               2003 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 on Form 
               10-Q of Apparel Retailers, Inc., dated October 28, 1995).        --
**10.22       Employment Agreement between Mark Shulman and Specialty            
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of January 8, 1994 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995).                          --
<PAGE>
 
                                                                             SEQUENTIAL  
EXHIBIT                                                                        PAGE     
NUMBER                                 EXHIBIT                                NUMBERS   
- ------                                 -------                               ----------  
**10.23       Stock Option Agreement between Mark Shulman and Apparel           
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of January 31, 1994 (Incorporated 
               by Reference to Exhibit 10.2 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995).                          --
**10.24       Employment Agreement between James Marcum and Specialty           
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 15, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.3 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995).                          --
**10.25       Employment Agreement between Stephen Lovell and Specialty         
               Retailers, Inc., dated as of May 19, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.4 on Form 10-Q of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated April 29, 1995).                          --
**10.26       Agency Agreement between Specialty Retailers, Inc. and Palais 
               Royal, Inc. dated January 29, 1995 (Incorporated by 
               Reference to Exhibit 10.26 on Form 10-K of Apparel 
               Retailers, Inc., dated February 3, 1996).                        --
**10.27       Securities Purchase Agreement among Palais Royal, Inc. and        
               certain selling stockholders of Uhlmans, Inc. dated May 9, 
               1996 (Incorporated by Reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 
               10-Q of Stage Stores, Inc., dated June 12, 1996.                 --
***12.1       Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed     
               Charges.                                                         --
 **21.1       List of Registrant's Subsidiaries (Incorporated by Reference      
               to Exhibit 21.1 to Registration No. 33-68258 on Form S-4).       --
***23.1       Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.                                  --
***23.2       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.                                     --
 **23.3       Consent of Kirkland & Ellis (included in opinion filed as         
               Exhibit 5.1).                                                    --
***24.1       Powers of attorney (included in signature page included in 
               this Part II).                                                   --
</TABLE>

- ------------- 

  * To be filed by amendment. 
 ** Previously filed. 
*** Filed herewith. 
    




 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1

                              STAGE STORES, INC. 
                      RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES 
                            (dollars in thousands) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Fiscal Year 
                                        -----------------------------------------------   -------------------    
                                          1991     1992      1993      1994      1995     1Q 1995     1Q 1996 
                                        -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    --------
<S>                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Income before extraordinary income ..   $ 3,961   $12,235   $13,426   $ 6,630   $10,730   $ 2,438    $ 2,652 
Minority interest in Bealls Holding .       749        --        --        --        --        --         -- 
Income tax expense ..................     3,993     8,340     7,569     4,317     6,767     1,833     1,1805 
                                        -------   -------   --------  --------  -------   -------    ------- 
Income before income tax, minority 
  interest and extraordinary item  ..     8,703    20,575    20,995    10,947    17,497     4,271      4,457 
                                        =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======    ======= 
Fixed charges charged to expense: 
  Rental expense (1) ................     7,275     7,575     8,803     8,879    10,051     2,212      2,507 
  Interest expense ..................    33,928    32,384    37,607    41,694    44,770    10,724     11,714 
  Dividend and accretion on redeemable 
    preferred stock of subsidiary  ..       749        --        --        --        --        --         -- 
                                        -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------- 
  Total fixed charges charged to 
    expense  ........................    41,952    39,959    46,410    50,573    54,821    12,936     14,221 
                                        -------   -------   -------      ----   -------   -------    ------- 
Income before income tax, minority 
  interest, extraordinary item and 
  fixed charges charged to expense  .   $50,655   $60,534   $67,405   $61,520   $72,318   $17,207    $18,678 
                                        =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======    ======= 
Fixed charges charged to accruals: 
  Rental expense (1) ................   $   898   $   803   $   298   $   446   $ 1,516   $ 1,211    $    67 
  Interest expense ..................       667       381        --        --        --        --         -- 
                                        -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------- 
  Total fixed charges charged to 
    accruals  .......................     1,565     1,184       298       446     1,516     1,211         67 
                                        -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------    ------- 
Total fixed charges .................   $43,517   $41,143   $46,708   $51,019   $56,337   $14,147    $14,288 
                                        =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======    ======= 
Radio of earnings to fixed charges ..      1.16      1.47      1.44      1.21      1.28      1.22       1.31 
                                        =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======    ======= 
</TABLE>

- -------------
(1) Rental expense comprises one-third of all rental expenses incurred during
the period. This is deemed by management to be representative of the interest
factor of rental payments.



 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS 

   
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of Amendment 
No. 2 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 
15, 1996, relating to the financial statements of Stage Stores, Inc. which 
appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the application of such report 
to the Financial Statement Schedules for the period and two years ended 
February 3, 1996 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement when 
such schedules are read in conjunction with the financial statements referred 
to in our report. The audits referred to in such report also included these 
schedules. We also consent to the references to us under the headings 
"Experts" in such Prospectus. 


PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP 


Houston, Texas 
June 27, 1996 
    



 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 

   
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to 
the use of our report dated March 22, 1996, with respect to the financial 
statements of Uhlmans Inc. included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1 
No. 333-5855) and related prospectus of Stage Stores, Inc. for the 
registration of 9,600,000 shares of its common stock. 
    

Ernst & Young LLP 

Toledo, Ohio 
June 26, 1996 

  


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission